Today's Hours: 12:00pm - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Ron Cody.
    Summary: Point and click your way to performing statistics! Many people are intimidated by learning statistics, but A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS Studio in the Cloud is here to help. Whether you need to perform statistical analysis for a project or, perhaps, for a course in education, psychology, sociology, economics, or any other field that requires basic statistical skills, this book teaches the fundamentals of statistics, from designing your experiment through calculating logistic regressions. Serving as an introduction to many common statistical tests and principles, it explains concepts in an intuitive way with little math and very few formulas. The book is full of examples demonstrating the use of SAS Studio's easy point-and-click interface accessed with SAS OnDemand for Academics, an online delivery platform for teaching and learning statistical analysis that provides free access to SAS software via the cloud. Topics included in this book are: How to access SAS OnDemand for Academics Descriptive statistics One-sample tests T tests (for independent or paired samples) One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) N-way ANOVA Correlation analysis Simple and multiple linear regression Binary logistic regression Categorical data, including two-way tables and chi-square Power and sample size calculations Questions are provided to test your knowledge and practice your skills.

    Contents:
    Descriptive and inferential statistics
    Study designs
    What is SAS OnDemand for academics?
    SAS Studio tasks
    Importing data into SAS
    Descriptive statistics : univariate analysis
    One-sample tests
    Two-sample tests
    Comparing more than two means (ANOVA)
    N-Way ANOVA
    Correlation
    Simple and multiple regression
    Binary logistic regression
    Analyzing categorical data
    Computing power and sample size
    Solutions to the Odd-Numbered exercises
    Digital Access 2021
  • Digital
    Margaret C. Slota, DNP, RN, FAAN, editor.
    Contents:
    Caring for critically ill children and their families
    Pulmonary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Neurologic system
    Renal system
    Endocrine system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Hematology and immunology systems
    Multisystem issues
    Professional issues: quality, safety, work environment, and wellness.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Suzanne M. Burns, Sarah A. Delgado.
    Summary: "Succinct, complete guidance on how to safely and competently care for adult, critically ill patients and their families written by top clinical experts. Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this acclaimed textbook sets the standard for critical care nursing education. Recognizing the learner's need to assimilate foundational knowledge before attempting to master more complex critical care nursing concepts, the book features a practical building-block organization that starts with the basics and logically progresses to advanced topics. Bolstered by helpful tables and essential content cases, AACN Essentials of Critical Care Nursing is an essential tool for clinicians at the point of care, and those preparing for CCRN® certification in critical care nursing. AACN Essentials of Critical Care Nursing, Fourth Edition is presented in four sections: The Essentials presents core information that new clinicians must understand to provide safe, competent nursing care to all critically ill patients, regardless of their underlying medical diagnoses. Pathologic Conditions covers pathologic conditions and management strategies commonly encountered among adult critical care patients. Advanced Concepts in Caring for the Critically Ill Patient moves beyond the essentials and includes information about specific pathologic conditions that require specialized critical care management. Key Reference Information features normal laboratory and diagnostic values, troubleshooting guides for hemodynamic monitoring, summary tables of critical care drugs, and cardiac rhythms and treatment guides. Learning aids include Knowledge Competencies that can be used to gauge progress, Principles of Management to summarize key concepts and "Essential Content" case studies with questions and answers to further reinforce the learners' knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I: The essentials. Assessment of critically ill patients and their families / Mary Fran Tracy
    Planning care for critically ill patients and their families / Mary Fran Tracy
    Interpretation and management of basic cardiac rhythm / Carol Jacobson
    Hemodynamic monitoring / Leanna R. Miller
    Airway and ventilatory management / Robert E. St. John and Maureen A. Seckel
    Pain, sedation, and neuromuscular blockade management / Yvonne D'Arcy and Sara Knippa
    Pharmacology / Earnest Alexander
    Ethical and legal considerations / Sarah A. Delgado. Section II: Pathologic conditions. Cardiovascular system / Barbara Leeper
    Respiratory system / Maureen A. Seckel
    Multisystem problems / Julie Grishaw
    Neurologic system / John C. Bazil and Daiwai Olson
    Hematologic and immune systems / Diane K. Dressler
    Gastrointestinal system / Beth Quatrara
    Renal system / Jie Chen
    Endocrine system / Mary E. Lough
    Trauma / Alan C. Wolfe Jr. and Benjamin W. Hughes. Section III: Advanced concepts. Advanced ECG concepts / Carol Jacobson
    Advanced cardiovascular concepts / Barbara Leeper
    Advanced respiratory concepts: modes of ventilation / John J. Gallagher
    Advanced neurologic concepts / John C. Bazil and Daiwai Olson. Section IV: Key reference information. Normal laboratory reference values / Suzanne M. Burns and Sarah A. Delgado
    Pharmacology tables / Earnest Alexander
    Hemodynamic monitoring troubleshooting guide / Leanna R. Miller
    Cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guide / Carol Jacobson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT120.I5 A165 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Suzanne M. Burns, Sarah A. Delgado.
    Summary: "Succinct, complete guidance on how to safely and competently care for adult progressive care patients and their families written by top clinical experts Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this acclaimed textbook sets the standard for progressive care nursing education. Recognizing the learner's need to assimilate foundational knowledge before attempting to master more complex progressive care nursing concepts, the book features a practical building-block organization that starts with the basics and logically moves on to advanced topics. Bolstered by helpful tables and Essential Content cases, AACN Essentials of Progressive Care Nursing, Fourth Edition is an essential tool for clinicians at the point of care, and those preparing for PCCN® certification in progressive care nursing. AACN Essentials of Progressive Care Nursing is divided into four sections: The Essentials presents essential information that clinicians must understand to provide safe, competent nursing care to progressive care patients, regardless of their underlying medical diagnoses. Pathologic Conditions covers pathologic conditions and management strategies commonly encountered among adult, progressive care patients. Advanced Concepts in Caring for the Progressive Care Patient presents advanced progressive care concepts or pathologic conditions that are less common or require more specialized management. Key Reference Information features normal laboratory and diagnostic values; pharmacology tables; and summary tables of cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guides. Learning aids include Knowledge Competencies to gauge progress, Principles of Management to summarize key concepts, and "Essential Content" case studies with questions and answers to further reinforce the learners' knowledge"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Assessment of progressive care patients and their families
    Planning care for progressive care patients and their families
    Interpretation and management of basic cardiac rhythms
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Airway and ventilatory management
    Pain and sedation management
    Pharmacology
    Ethical and legal considerations
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Multisystem problems
    Neurological system
    Hematologic and immune systems
    Gastrointestinal system
    Renal system
    Endocrine system
    Trauma
    Advanced ECG concepts
    Advanced cardiovascular concepts
    Advanced neurologic concepts
    Normal laboratory reference values
    Pharmacology tables
    Cardiac rhythms, ECG characteristics, and treatment guide.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
  • Print
    edited by Debra Lynn-McHale Wiegand.
    Summary: The AACN Procedure Manual for High Acuity, Progressive, and Critical Care, 7th Edition, authored by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses, is the authoritative reference to procedures performed in high acuity, progressive, and critical care settings. It visually guides you through procedures unique to the adult critical care environment, including those performed by advanced practice nurses, in an illustrated, step-by-step format. This edition features 17 new procedures, new illustrations, and updated content throughout, reflecting the latest evidence-based guidelines and national and international protocols.

    Contents:
    Unit I: Pulmonary system
    Sect. One: Airway management
    Sect. Two: Special pulmonary procedures
    Sect. Three: Thoracic cavity management
    Sect. Four: Ventilatory management
    Unit II: Cardiovascular system
    Sect. Five: Cardiac emergencies
    Sect. Six: Cardiac pacemakers
    Sect. Seven: Circulatory assist devices
    Sect. Eight: Electrocardiographic leads and cardiac monitoring
    Sect. Nine: Hemodynamic monitoring
    Sect. Ten: Special cardiac procedures
    Sect. Eleven: Vascular access
    Unit III: Neurologic system
    Sect. Twelve: Neurologic monitoring
    Sect. Thirteen: Special neurologic procedures
    Sect. Fourteen: Traction management
    Sect. Fifteen: Pain management
    Unit IV: Gastrointestinal system
    Sect. Sixteen: Special gastrointestinal procedures
    Unit V: Renal system
    Sect. Seventeen: Renal replacement
    Unit. VI: Hematologic system
    Sect. Eighteen: Fluid management
    Sect. Nineteen: Special hematologic procedures
    Unit VII: Integumentary system
    Sect. Twenty: Burn wound management
    Sect. Twenty-one: Special integumentary procedures
    Sect. Twenty-two: Wound management
    Unit VIII: Nutrition
    Unit IX: Calculating medication doses. Unit I: Pulmonary System. Section one: Airway Management / Michael W. Day
    Combitube insertion and removal / Kyle Gibson ; Endotracheal intubation (perform) / Cindy Goodrich ; Endotracheal intubation (assist) / Cindy Goodrich ; Endotracheal tube and oral care practices for ventilated and non-ventilated patients / Kathleen Vollman, Mary Lou Sole, Barbara Quinn ; Extubation/decannulation (perform) / Lisa Koser ; Extubation/decannulation (assist) / Lisa Koser ; King Airway insertion and removal / Kyle Gibson ; Laryngeal mask airway / Stephen Both ; Nasopharyngeal and oral airway insertion / Kimberly Wright ; Suctioning: endotracheal or tracheostomy tube / Maureen A. Seckel ; Surgical cricothyrotomy (perform) / Roger Casey ; Surgical cricothyrotomy (assist) / Roger Casey ; Tracheostomy cuff and tube care / Renee Johnson
    Section two: special pulmonary procedures / Michael W. Day
    Continuous end-tidal carbon dioxide monitoring / Paul Luehrs ; Continuous lateral rotation therapy / Jamie St. Clair, Jennifer Macdermott ; Continuous venous oxygen saturation monitoring / Joni L. Dirks ; Extracorporeal life support (ECLS) and extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) / Thomas Lawson, Marcia Belcher ; Oxygen saturation monitoring with pulse oximetry / Donna Barge Lee ; Pronation therapy / Kathleen Vollman, Sharon Dickinson, Jan Powers
    Section three: thoracic cavity management / Michael W. Day
    Autotransfusion / Kelly McGinty ; Chest tube placement (perform) / Julie Waters ; Chest tube placement (assist) / Julie Waters ; Chest tube removal (perform) / Peggy Kirkwood ; Chest tube removal (assist) / Peggy Kirkwood ; Closed chest drainage system / Joya D. Pickett ; Needle thoracostomy (perform) / Cindy Goodrich ; Thoracentesis (perform) / Susan Yeager ; Thoracentesis (assist) / Susan Yeager
    Section four: ventilatory management / Michael W. Day
    Invasive mechanical ventilation (through an artificial airway): volume and pressure modes / John Gallagher ; Noninvasive positive pressure ventilation: continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) and bilevel positive airway pressure (BiPAP) / Susan K. Frazier ; Manual self-inflating resuscitation bag-valve device / Thomas Levins ; Peripheral nerve stimulators / Nathan W. Howard ; Weaning mechanical ventilation / Susan K. Frazier
    Unit II: cardiovascular system. Section five: cardiac emergencies / Debra L. Wiegand
    Automated external defibrillation / Kiersten Henry ; Cardioversion / Cynthia Hambach ; Defibrillation (external) / Cynthia Hambach ; Defibrillation (internal) perform / Marion E. McRae ; Defibrillation (internal) assist / Marion E. McRae ; Emergent open sternotomy (perform) / Alice Chan ; Emergent open sternotomy (assist) / Alice Chan ; External wearable cardioverter defibrillator / Kiersten Henry ; Pericardiocentesis (perform) Kathleen M. Cox ; Pericardiocentesis (assist) / Kathleen M. Cox
    Section six: cardiac pacemakers / Debra L. Wiegand
    Atrial electrogram / Marion E. McRae ; Atrial overdrive pacing (perform) / Jillian Hamel ; Epicardial pacing wire removal / Marion E. McRae ; Implantable cardioverter-defibrillator / Kiersten Henry ; Permanent pacemaker (assessing function) / Valerie Spotts ; Temporary transcutanous (external) pacing / Valerie Spotts ; Temporary transvenous pacemaker insertion (perform) / Nikki Taylor ; Temporary transvenous and epicardial pacing / Valerie Spotts
    Section seven: circulatory assist devices / Debra L. Wiegand
    Intraaortic balloon pump management / John P. Harper ; Ventricular assist devices / Mark Puhlman, Angela Bingham – Section eight: electrocardiographic leads and cardiac monitoring / Debra L. Wiegand
    Cardiac monitoring and electrocardiographic leads / Michele M. Pelter, Teri M. Kozik, Mary G. Carey ; Extra electrocardiographic leads: right precordial and left posterior leads / Shu-Fen Wung ; ST-segment monitoring (continuous) / Mary G. Carey, Michele M. Pelter ; Twelve-lead electrocardiogram / Shu-Fen Wung
    Section nine: hemodynamic monitoring / Debra L. Wiegand
    Arterial catheter insertion (perform) / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Arterial catheter insertion (assist), care, and removal / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Arterial pressure-based cardiac output monitoring / Susan Scott ; Blood sampling from an arterial catheter / Hillary Crumlett, Alex Johnson ; Blood sampling from a central venous catheter / Kathleen M. Cox ; Blood sampling from a pulmonary artery catheter / Kathleen M. Cox ; Cardiac output measurement techniques (invasive) / Susan Scott ; Central venous catheter removal / Jillian Hamel ; Central venous catheter site care / Jillian Hamel ; Central venous/right atrial pressure monitoring / Reba McVay ; Esophageal cardiac output monitoring: perform / Alexander Johnson, Hillary Crumlett ; Esophageal cardiac output monitoring: assist / Alexander Johnson, Hillary Crumlett ; Non-invasive cardiac output monitoring / Susan Scott ; Pulmonary artery catheter insertion (perform) / Nikki Taylor ; Pulmonary artery catheter insertion (assist) and pressure monitoring / Reba McVay ; Pulmonary artery catheter removal / Nikki Taylor ; Pulmonary artery catheter and pressure lines, troubleshooting / Reba McVay ; Single-pressure and multiple-pressure transducer systems / Reba McVay
    Section ten: special cardiac procedures / Debra L. Wiegand
    Femoral arterial and venous sheath removal / Rose B. Shaffer ; Radial arterial sheath removal / Rose B. Shaffer ; Pericardial catheter management / Kathleen M. Cox ; Thenar tissue oxygen saturation monitoring / Kathleen Berns ; Transesophageal echocardiography (assist) / Janice Y. Dawson, Linda Hoke
    Section eleven: vascular access / Debra L. Wiegand
    Arterial puncture / Joel M. Brown II ; Central venous catheter insertion (Perform) / Susan Yeager ; Central venous catheter insertion (Assist) / Susan Yeager ; Implantable venous access device: access, deaccess, and care / Anne Delengowski ; Intraosseus devices / Michael W. Day ; Midline catheters / Debra L. Wiegand ; Peripherally inserted central catheter / Debra L. Wiegand
    Unit III: neurologic system. Section twelve: neurologic monitoring / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Bispectral index monitoring / Richard B. Arbour ; Brain tissue oxygenation monitoring: insertion (assist), care, and troubleshooting / Megan T. Moyer, Eileen Maloney Wilensky ; Cerebral blood flow monitoring / Tracey M. Berlin ; Cerebral micodialysis / Sandy Cecil ; Intracranial bolt and fiberoptic catheter insertion (assist), intracranial pressure monitoring, care, troubleshooting, and removal / Tess Slazinski ; Intraventricular/fiberoptic catheter insertion (assist), monitoring, nursing care, troubleshooting, and removal / Tess Slazinski ; Intraventricular catheter with external transducer for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and intracranial pressure monitoring / Stephanie Cox ; Lumbar subarachnoid catheter insertion (assist) for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and pressure monitoring / Nicolle Schraeder
    Section thirteen: special neurologic procedures / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Lumbar puncture (perform) / Susan Chioffi ; Lumbar puncture (assist) / Susan Chioffi ; Pupillometer / DaiWai M. Olson, John C. Bazil ; Rotorest lateral rotation surface / Theresa Nino, Mary Beth Flynn Makic ; Thermoregulation: external and intravascular warming & cooling Devices / Karen A. Lovett
    Section fourteen: traction management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Cervical tongs or halo ring: application for use in cervical traction (assist) / Jennifer Massetti ; Cervical traction maintenance / Jennifer Massetti ; Halo ring and vest care / Cara Diaz ; Pin site care: cervical tongs and halo pins / Cara Diaz
    Section fifteen: pain management / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Epidural catheters: assisting with insertion and pain management / Kimberly Williams ; Patient-controlled analgesia / Lorie Ann Meek ; Peripheral nerve blocks: assisting with insertion and pain management / Kimberly Williams
    Unit IV: gastrointestinal system. Section sixteen: special gastrointestinal procedures / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Esophagogastric tamponade tube / Rosemary Lee ; Focused assessment with sonography in trauma / Cynthia Blank-Reid, Thomas A. Santora ; Gastric lavage in hemorrhage and overdose / Ann Will Poteet ; Endoscopic therapy / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Intraabdominal pressure monitoring / Rosemary Lee ; Nasogastric and orogastric tube insertion, care, and removal / Carol McGinnis ; Molecular adsorbents recirculation system (MARS) / Mary D. Still ; Paracentesis (perform) / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Paracentesis (assist) / Eleanor Fitzpatrick ; Peritoneal lavage (perform) / Kate Deis ; Peritoneal lavage (assist) / Kate Deis
    Unit V: renal system. Section seventeen: renal replacement / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Continuous renal replacement therapies / Sonia M. Astle ; Hemodialysis / Sonia M. Astle ; Peritoneal dialysis / Sonia M. Astle
    Unit VI: hematologic system. Section eighteen: fluid management / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Use of a massive infusion device and a pressure infuser bag / Coleen Dever
    Section nineteen: special hematologic procedures / Eleanor Fitzpatrick
    Apheresis and therapeutic plasma exchange (assist) / Sonia M. Astle ; Bone marrow biopsy and aspiration (perform) / Glen Peterson, Carrie Marvill ; Bone marrow biopsy and aspiration (assist) / Glen Peterson, Carrie Marvill
    Unit VII: integumentary system. Section twenty: burn wound management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Burn wound care / Cameron Bell ; Donor-site care / Cameron Bell ; Skin graft care / Dawn Sculco
    Section twenty-one: special integumentary procedures / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Intracompartmental pressure monitoring / Julia E. Dunning ; Suture and staple removal / Brian D. Schaad ; Wound closure / Joanna C. Eillis
    Section twenty-two: wound management / Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    Cleaning, irrigating, culturing, and dressing an open wound / Marylou V. Robinson ; Débridement: pressure ulcers, burns, and wounds / Julie Lynn Henderson ; Drain removal / Brian D. Schaad, Mary Beth Flynn Makic ; Fecal containment devices and bowel management system / Jane V. Arndt ; Negative-pressure wound therapy / Lisa Woods ; Wound management with excessive drainage / Justin Burleson
    Unit VIII: nutrition / Eleanor Fitzpatrick. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG), gastrostomy, and jejunostomy tube care / Margaret M. Ecklund ; Small-bore feeding tube insertion and care / Margaret M. Ecklund ; Small-bore feeding tube insertion using an electromagnetic guidance system (CORTRAK 2 Eternal Access System EAS) / Karen A. Gilbert, Patricia H. Worthington
    Unit IX: calculating medication doses / Eleanor Fitzpatrick. Calculating doses, flow rates, and administration of continuous intravenous infusions / Shelley Burcat, Maribeth Kelly.
  • Print
    edited by AACN.
    Summary: "Edited by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses and written by more than 100 critical care experts under the direction of Karen L. Johnson, PhD, RN, FAAN, this definitive reference represents the gold standard of care for procedures performed in progressive and critical care settings. It guides you through procedures common to the adult critical care environment, including those performed by advanced practice nurses, in an illustrated, step-by-step format. This edition — now in in full color — features new procedures, new and updated illustrations, and updated content throughout, reflecting the latest evidence-based guidelines and national and international protocols. Quick-reference tabs make it easier than ever to locate content quickly. This new edition integrates key AACN initiatives, such as Practice Alerts, and coordinates closely with the AACN Core Curriculum for Progressive and Critical Care Nursing, 8th Edition. Chapter-specific quick-links employ QR codes for instant access to high-quality online references."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    American Association Of Critical Care Nurses ; [editors, Linda J. Bell and Laura J. McNamara].
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editor, Linda Bell.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editors Cindy Cain and Julie Miller.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    American Association of Clinical Care Nurses ; editors, Julie Miller, BSN, RN, CCRN-K and Mary Stahl, MSN, RN, CCNS, CCRN-K.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Print
    includes all documents developed under the auspices of the AAMI Sterilization Standards Committee.
    Summary: Vol. 1 Contains standards for equipment, decontamination of medica by steam, ethylene oxide, gamma radiation, and electron beam radiation. -- Vol. 2 Contains standards for biomedical equipment. -- Vol. 3 Contains all documents developed under the auspices of the Renal Disease and Detoxification Committee and Hemodialyzer Reuse Submittee.

    Contents:
    v. 1. Sterilization
    v. 2. Biomedical equipment
    v. 3. Dialysis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R856.6 .A112
    3
  • Digital
    editor, Jay R. Lieberman.
    Summary: "AAOS Comprehensive Orthopaedic Review, 3rd edition offers sweeping coverage of the core of orthopaedic knowledge that spans the spectrum of the orthopaedic specialties. This convenient, comprehensive and user-friendly text combines the specific information you need to prepare for your examination. Study to prepare for your Board Exam! This 3-volume study set is designed to prepare orthopaedic residents for the Orthopaedic In Training Exam (OITE), and the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (ABOS) Board Certification examination. Dr. Lieberman and his editorial team of Board-certified orthopaedic surgeons edited and present this thorough text in a concise outline format, giving you ready access to the important facts as a quick bulleted review of the concepts you need to know. Study to retain knowledge! With relevant content developed and updated by over 400 physician contributors and editors, this third edition reinforces what you've learned on your daily rounds and skills labs. Organized by specialty, each of the 149 chapters is loaded with color images, illustrations, tables, and charts to support the material and help you retain the information. Study to achieve proficiency! Pinpoint areas for further study by self-testing with nearly 500 multiple-choice companion study questions. Each question includes the preferred response with additional discussion and explanation of the topics. This set is your ideal exam study prep program"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: The AAP Healthy Development and Well-Child Support Chart provides pediatric health professionals with a quick and easy-to-use reference on some of the most important areas covered in the pediatric well-child visit.

    Contents:
    Intro
    What Children Need to Thrive
    Promoting Early Brain and Child Development
    Developmental Milestones: 1-12 Months
    Developmental Milestones: 13-33 Months
    Developmental Milestones: 3-6 Years
    Social-Emotional Milestones
    Social-Emotional Development
    Adolescent Development
    Behavioral Concerns
    Mental Health
    Gender Care
    Obesity Care
    Physical Activity
    Sleep
    Toxic Stress and Resilience
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Print
    Richard B. Berry; Claude L. Albertario, Susan M. Harding, Robin M. Lloyd, David T. Plante, Stuart F. Quan, Matthew M. Troester, Bradley V. Vaughn.
    Contents:
    I. User Guide
    II. Parameters to be reported for polysomnography
    III. Technical and digital specificatioins
    IV. Sleep staging rules
    Part 1. Rules for adults
    Part 2. Rules for children
    Part 3. Rules for infants
    V. Arousal rule
    VI. Cardiac rules
    VII. Movement rules
    VIII. Respiratory rules
    Part 1. Rules for adults
    Part 2. Rules for children
    IX. Home sleep apnea testing (HSAT) rules for adults
    Part 1: HAST utilizing repiratory flow and/or effort parameters
    Part 2: HSAT utilizing peripheral arterial tonometry (PAT)
    X. Development process
    XI. Procedural notes
    XII. Glossary ot terms.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC547 .I24 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher E. Comstock, Christiane K. Kuhl.
    Contents:
    Introduction to abbreviated breast magnetic resonance imaging / Christopher E. Comstock
    History of MRI in breast cancer screening / Janice S. Sung and Elizabeth A. Morris
    Current clinical evidence on abbreviated breast MRI / Christiane Kuhl
    Technical aspects of abbreviated breast MRI : the original approach / Christiane Kuhl
    Techniques for performing abbreviated breast MRI / R. Edward Hendrick
    Abbreviated breast MR imaging protocols and clinical implementation / Gillian M. Newstead
    Interpretation guidelines / Janice S. Sung and Constance D. Lehman
    MRI-guided biopsy techniques / Carol H. Lee.
  • Print
    Susan Michie, Robert West, Rona Campbell, Jamie Brown, Heather Gainforth.
    Summary: This book describes 83 theories of behaviour change, identified by an expert panel of psychologists, sociologists, anthropologists and economists as relevant to designing interventions. For each theory, the book provides a brief summary, a list of its component constructs, a more extended description and a network analysis to show its links with other theories in the book. It considers the role of theory in understanding behaviour change and its application to designing and evaluating interventions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF637.B4 M534 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by John D. Schuetz, Toshihisa Ishikawa.
    Summary: ABC Transporters and Cancer provides invaluable information on the exciting and fast-moving field of cancer research. Here, outstanding and original reviews are presented on a variety of topics. This volume covers ABC transporters and cancer, and is suitable for researchers and students alike.

    Contents:
    Apical ABC transporters and cancer chemotherapeutic drug disposition / Selvi Durmus, Jeroen J.M.A. Hendrikx and Alfred H. Schinkel
    Regulation of ABC transporters blood-brain barrier: the good, the bad, and the ugly / David S. Miller
    Molecular basis of the polyspecificity of p-glycoprotein (ABCB1):recent biochemical and structural studies / Eduardo E. Chufan, Hong-May Sim, and Suresh V. Ambudkar
    Lipid regulation of the ABCB1 and ABCG2 multidrug transporters / Csilla Hegedüs, Ágnes Telbisz, Tamás Hegedüs, Balázs Sarkadi and Csilla Özvegy-Laczka
    ABC transporters and neuroblastoma / Denise M.T. Yu, Tony Huynh, Alan M. Truong, Michelle Haber and Murray D. Norris
    Leukemia and ABC transporters / Yu Fukuda, Shangli Lian and John D. Schuetz
    Critical role of ABCG2 in ALA-photodynamic diagnosis and therapy of human brain tumor / Toshihisa Ishikawa, Yoshinaga Kajimoto, Yutaka Inoue, Yoji Ikegami and Toshihiko Kuroiwa
    Role of ABC transporters in fluoropyrimidine-based chemotherapy response / Anne T. Nies, Tarek Magdy, Matthias Schwab and Ulrich M. Zanger.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Dominic W.S. Wong.
    Summary: Clear and concise, this easy-to-use book offers an introductory course on the language of gene cloning, covering microbial, plant, and mammalian systems. It presents the nuts and bolts of gene cloning in a well-organized and accessible manner. Part I of this book outlines the essentials of biology and genetics relevant to the concept of gene cloning. Part II describes common techniques and approaches of gene cloning, ranging from the basic mechanics of DNA manipulation, vector systems, process transformation, to gene analysis. Part III & IV present application technologies of major impact in agriculture, biomedicine, and related areas. The ABCs of Gene Cloning, Third Edition contains updates including a tutorial chapter on gene-vector construction, methodologies on exome sequencing in finding disease genes, revised topics on gene therapy and whole genome sequencing, new developments for gene targeting and genome editing, as well as the current state of next generation sequencing. With more than 140 illustrations, this new edition provides an invaluable text for students and anyone who have interest in gaining proficiency in reading and speaking the language of gene cloning.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of Genetic Processes
    Introductory Concepts
    Structures of Nucleic Acids
    Structures of Proteins
    The Genetic Process
    Organization of Genes
    Reading The Nucleotide Sequence of a Gene
    Techniques and Strategies of Gene Cloning
    Enzymes Used in Cloning
    Techniques Used in Cloning
    Cloning Vectors for Introducing Genes into Host Cells
    Transformation
    Isolating Genes for Cloning
    Impact of Gene Cloning
    Improving Tomato Quality by Antisense Rna
    Transgenic Crops Engineered with Insecticidal Activity
    Transgenic Crops Conferred with Herbicide Resistance
    Growth Enhancement in Transgenic Fish
    Impact of Gene Cloning
    Microbial Production of Recombinant Human Insulin
    Finding Disease-Causing Genes
    Human Gene Therapy
    Gene Targeting
    DNA Typing
    Transpharmers
    Bioreactors for Pharmaceutical Products
    Animal Cloning
    Human Genome Sequencing
    Manipulating Gene Vector Constructs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ayman S. El-Baz, Luca Saba, Jasjit Suri, editors.
    Summary: Covers novel, state-of-the-art strategies in engineering and clinical analysis. Explores approaches for analyzing abdominal imaging, including lung, mediastinum, pleura, liver, kidney and gallbladder. Offers present and future applications as applied to the abdomen and thoracic imaging with the most world-renowned scientists in these fields.

    Contents:
    1. Computer-Aided Diagnosis Systems for Acute Renal Transplant Rejection: Challenges and Methodologies / Mahmoud Mostapha, Fahmi Khalifa, Amir Alansary, Ahmed Soliman, Jasjit Suri, and Ayman S. El-Baz
    2. Kidney Detection and Segmentation in Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound 3D Images / Raphael Prevost, Benoit Mory, Remi Cuingnet, Jean-Michel Correas, Laurent D. Cohen, and Roberto Ardon
    3. Renal Cortex Segmentation on Computed Tomography / Xinjian Chen, Dehui Xiang, Wei Ju, Heming Zhao, and Jianhua Yao
    4. Diffuse Fatty Liver Disease: From Diagnosis to Quantification / Luís Curvo-Semedo, Daniel Ramos Andrade, Catarina Ruivo, Cláudia Paulino, and Filipe Caseiro-Alves
    5. Multimodality Approach to Detection and Characterization of Hepatic Hemangiomas / Rajan T. Gupta and Daniele Marin
    6. Ultrasound Liver Surface and Textural Characterization for the Detection of Liver Cirrhosis / Ricardo Ribeiro, Rui T. Marinho, Jasjit Suri, and J. Miguel Sanches
    7. MR Imaging of Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Dong Ho Lee and Jeong Min Lee
    8. Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas / Richard C. Semelka, Luz Adriana Escobar, Najwa Al Ansari, and Charles Thomas Alexander Semelka
    9. Quantitative Evaluation of Liver Function Within MR Imaging / Akira Yamada
    10. Diffusion-Weighted Imaging of the Liver / Ali Muhi, Tomoaki Ichikawa, and Utaroh Motosugi
    11. Shape-Based Liver Segmentation Without Prior Statistical Models / Ahmed Afifi and Toshiya Nakaguchi
    12. CT Imaging Characteristics of Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Masahiro Okada and Takamichi Murakami
    13. Clinical Applications of Hepatobiliary MR Contrast Agents / Antoine Wadih and Sebastian Feuerlein
    14. Fast Object Detection Using Color Features for Colonoscopy Quality Measurements / Jayantha Muthukudage, JungHwan Oh, Ruwan Nawarathna, Wallapak Tavanapong, Johnny Wong, and Piet C. de Groen
    15. Colon Surface Registration Using Ricci Flow / Wei Zeng, Rui Shi, Zhengyu Su, and David Xianfeng Gu
    16. Efficient Topological Cleaning for Visual Colon Surface Flattening / Wei Zeng, Rui Shi, Zhengyu Su, and David Xianfeng Gu
    17. Towards Self-Parameterized Active Contours for Medical Image Segmentation with Emphasis on Abdomen / Eleftheria A. Mylona, Michalis A. Savelonas, and Dimitris Maroulis
    18. Bridging the Gap Between Modeling of Tumor Growth and Clinical Imaging / Behnaz Abdollahi, Neal Dunlap, and Hermann B. Frieboes
    19. Evaluation of Medical Image Registration by Using High-Accuracy Image Matching Techniques / Zisheng Li and Tsuneya Kurihara
    20. Preclinical Visualization of Hypoxia, Proliferation and Glucose Metabolism in Non-small Cell Lung Cancer and Its Metastasis / Xiao-Feng Li and Yuanyuan Ma
    21. Thermoacoustic Imaging with VHF Signal Generation: A New Contrast Mechanism for Cancer Imaging Over Large Fields of View / Michael Roggenbuck, Jared Catenacci, Ryan Walker, Eric Hanson, Jiang Hsieh, and S.K. Patch
    22. Automated Prostate Cancer Localization with Multiparametric Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Yusuf Artan, Imam Samil Yetik, and Masoom A. Haider
    23. Ultrasound-Fluoroscopy Registration for Intraoperative Dynamic Dosimetry in Prostate Brachytherapy / Ehsan Dehghan, Nathanael Kuo, Anton Deguet, Yi Le, Elwood Armour, E. Clif Burdette, Danny Y. Song, Gabor Fichtinger, Jerry L. Prince, and Junghoon Lee
    24. Multi-Atlas-Based Segmentation of Pelvic Structures from CT Scans for Planning in Prostate Cancer Radiotherapy / Oscar Acosta, Jason Dowling, Gael Drean, Antoine Simon, Renaud de Crevoisier, and Pascal Haigron
    25. Propagating Segmentation of a Single Example to Similar Images: Differential Segmentation of the Prostate in 3-D MRI / Emmanouil Moschidis and James Graham
    26. 3D Registration of Whole-Mount Prostate Histology Images to Ex Vivo Magnetic Resonance Images Using Strand-Shaped Fiducials / E. Gibson, M. Gaed, J.A. Gómez, M. Moussa, C. Romagnoli, S. Pautler, J.L. Chin, C. Crukley, G.S. Bauman, A. Fenster, and A.D. Ward
    27. Anatomical Landmark Detection / David Liu and S. Kevin Zhou.
    Digital Access Springer 2013
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dushyant V. Sahani, Anthony E. Samir.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joseph R. Grajo, Dushyant V. Sahani, and Anthony E. Samir.
    Contents:
    Abdominal radiography
    Gastrointestinal fluoroscopy
    Gastric wall thickening/masses
    Hollow viscus perforation
    Small bowel obstruction
    Bowel wall thickening
    Imaging of the postoperative bowel
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Colorectal cancer and screening
    Right upper quadrant pain
    Right lower quadrant pain
    Pancreatitis
    Solid pancreatic masses
    Cystic pancreatic lesions
    Chronic liver disease
    Imaging of the cirrhotic liver
    Benign focal liver lesions
    Cholecystitis
    Jaundice
    Splenomegaly/splenic lesions
    Lymphadenopathy
    Urolithiasis
    Cystic renal masses
    Solid renal lesions
    Diffuse renal parenchymal disorders
    Urinary tract obstruction
    Urothelial lesions
    Adrenal gland enlargement and nodules
    Prostate imaging
    Testicular lesions
    Endometrial/junctional zone thickening
    Focal uterine lesions
    Cystic adnexal lesions
    Solid adnexal lesions
    Müllerian abnormalities
    Pelvic floor disease
    Postoperative imaging
    Abdominal/pelvic trauma
    Pitfalls.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by lead editor, Richard C. Semelka ; associate editors, Michele A. Brown, Ersan Altun.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic approach to protocoling and interpreting MR studies of the abdomen and pelvis
    Liver
    Gallbladder and biliary system
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Peritoneal cavity
    Adrenal glands
    Kidneys
    Retroperitoneum and body wall
    Bladder and nongender pelvis
    Male pelvis
    Female urethra and vagina
    Uterus and cervix
    Adnexa
    Maternal conditions in pregnancy
    Fetus
    Chest
    Contrast agents
    Magnetic resonance-positron emission tomography (MR-PET).
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Massimo Sartelli, Matteo Bassetti, Ignacio Martin-Loeches, editors.
    Contents:
    Classification and principals of treatment
    Inflammatory mediators in Intra-abdominal sepsis
    Intra-abdominal sepsis and imaging considerations
    High-risk patients and prognostic factors for abdominal sepsis
    Acute appendicitis: what is the best strategy to treat acute appendicites (both complicated and uncomplicated)?
    Acute cholecystitis
    Acute cholangitis
    Pyogenic liver abscess
    Gastroduodenal perforations
    Small bowel perforations
    Acute colonic diverticulitis
    Postoperative peritonitis: etiology, diagnosis, and treatment
    Damage control surgery in managing abdominal sepsis (Fausto Catena, Italy)
    Ongoing peritonitis
    Evolving treatment strategies for severe Clostridium difficile colitis: defining the therapeutic window
    Complicated intra-dominal infections: principles of antimicrobial therapy
    Antimicrobial armamentarium
    Antimicrobial resistance in intra-abdominal infections
    The role of Candida in abdominal sepsis
    The value and interpretation of microbial specimens in the management of cIAI
    Appropriate antimicrobial therapy in critically ill patients
    Hemodynamic support
    Adjunctive therapies in abdominal sepsis
    Impact and management of abdominal compartment syndrome in patients with abdominal sepsis
    Thromboprophylaxis in patiens with abdominal sepsis
    Nutritional support for abdominal sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Daniele Pinna, Giorgio Ercolani, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Immunosuppression in solid organ transplantation
    2. Infection Complications after Abdominal Organ Transplantation
    3. National Transplant Network. Donor selection and evaluation criteria
    4. The safety of donor
    5. Medical disease after abdominal solid organ transplantation and the risk of solid and hematologic malignant tumor after transplantation)
    6 Indication and timing
    7. The donor procurement
    8. Orthotopic liver transplantation
    9. Anesthetic and perioperative management for liver transplantation
    10 Living donor liver transplantation
    11. Hepatic Acute and chronic rejection
    12. Postoperative technical complications
    13. Percutaneous management of biliary and vascular complications
    14. Re-transplantation (Causes, Outcome)
    15. Indication and timing
    16. The donor procurement: Standard technique for procurement in cadaveric donors
    17. Live donor evaluation
    18. Living donor nephrectomy
    19. Renal Transplantation: Surgical technique
    20. The intraoperative and perioperative management of Kidney transplantation
    21. Kidney acute and chronic rejection
    22. Kidney Transplantation: Post-Operative Technical Complications
    23. Indications and timing
    24. The donor procurement
    25 Transplantation
    26 Abdominal wall transplantation and technique
    27. Anesthetic and perioperative management for Intestinal transplantation
    28. Segmental Living-related Small Bowel Transplantation
    29. Intestinal Acute and Chronic rejection
    30. Combined Kidney-Liver Transplantation
    31. Kidney-pancreas Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Berthold Block.
    Contents:
    General
    Basic physical and technical principles
    Blood vessels : the aorta and its branches, the vena cava and its tributaries
    Liver
    Porta hepatis
    Gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Stomach, duodenum, and diaphragm
    Spleen
    Kidneys
    Adrenal glands
    Bladder, prostate, and uterus
    Quick guide
    The sono consultant
    Documentation.
  • Digital
    Ellen J. Hagopian, Junji Machi, editors.
    Summary: Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons provides a comprehensive guide to the use of ultrasonography in surgical practice of abdominal diseases. The content is divided into three major sections focusing on basic principles of ultrasound, ultrasound anatomy and pathology of the abdomen, and employment of ultrasound of the abdomen in surgical practice. A final section is dedicated to the logistics of incorporating ultrasound into a surgical practice. The first section provides an introduction to the principles of ultrasonography focusing on ultrasound physics, equipment, and instrumentation. A detailed approach to the various scanning methods and image interpretation is demonstrated with illustrations, images, and video. The second section focuses on ultrasound anatomy of the abdomen. Each chapter demonstrates the normal and abnormal ultrasound anatomy of specific abdominal organ or organ systems (abdominal wall, liver, pancreas, biliary, stomach, anorectum, retroperitoneum, vascular) with illustrations and images. The current status and technique of endoscopic ultrasound of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tracks is addressed in this section. The third section provides a state-of-the-art review of the status of each major application of abdominal ultrasound in surgery. Topics range from trauma ultrasound and laparoscopic staging to techniques in ultrasound guidance and three-dimensional targeting. This section provides a comprehensive review of the employment of interventional, intraoperative, laparoscopic, transabdominal and endoscopic ultrasound. The fourth and last section addresses the practice aspects of incorporation of ultrasound into a surgical practice. Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons will serve as a very useful resource and guide for surgeons and students with little to some experience in ultrasound, including practicing surgeons, surgical fellows, and surgical residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dalila Patrizia Greco, Elio Borgonovi, editors.
    Summary: This book presents different patient-oriented perspectives from surgeons, economic evaluation and management researchers, and business companies active in the healthcare sector, striking a balance between the appropriateness/effectiveness of treatment and efficiency/cost. It does not include technical surgical details, but instead provides the necessary knowledge regarding different groups of patients to help economic and management researchers make accurate evaluations. Although partially based on the specific case of abdominal wall surgery in the Italian health system, the book defines a model that can, with the necessary adaptations, be applied in other national contexts. It also analyzes different reimbursement systems and methods of data collection. This approach supports the evolution form evidence-based medicine (EBM) to the future of real-world data (big data analysis). Further, it highlights the critical issue of "silos" reimbursement, which is the pillar of DRG, and proposes methodology to evaluate the direct and indirect benefit and costs of surgery (for example quality of care, costs incurred in cases of surgical complications due to the use of inappropriate, low-cost material or due to surgical procedure. It is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, policymakers and managers in the field.

    Contents:
    PART I: Abdominal wall.- 1 Epidemiology.- 2 Anatomy.- 3 Clusters of patology & interventions.- 4 Unit of wall surgery.- 5 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the German example, the easter Europe example, the Sweden example, the Spain example.- 6 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Eastern Europe example.- 7 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Swedish example.- 8 Organization and certification of abdominal wall surgery: the Spanish example.- 9 Devices and biomaterials: from chemistry to certification.- 10 Assistential settings.- 11 Preventing incisional hernias: closure of abdominal wall, follow-up in abdominal surgery.- PART II: Economics.- 12 Economic Evaluation and Health Technology Assessment of Healthcare Programmes.- 13 Comparative Effectiveness in Health Technology Assessment for Medical Devices.- 14 Economic evaluation of abdominal Wall Surgery (cost benefit analysis, cost effectiveness, cost-quality analysis).- 15 Cost Containement: abdominal surgery unit.- 16 The Shouldice experience.- 17 Presurgical hidden costs: imaging, assessment clinic.- 18 Postsurgical hidden costs: neuralgia.- 19 Postsurgical hidden costs: infection.- 20 Reimbursement strategies for medical devices: the case of Abdominal Wall Surgery in Italy.- 21 Economic modelling and Budget Impact Analysis in Abdominal Surgery: the case of mesh.- PART III: Outcome.- 22 How to measure outcome in surgery.- 23 Present and future of EBM.- 24 Registries: monitoring clinical ourcomes.- 25 Registries as a source of information for the purchase of devices.- PART IV: Future perspectives.- 26 Stakeholders opinions.- 27 Evolution of abdominal wall surgery in non developed countries.- 28 How social patterns affect the development of science.- 29 Ferrying to the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] John E. Niederhuber, James O. Armitage, James H. Doroshow, Michael B. Kastan, Joel E. Tepper.
    Summary: "Easily accessible and clinically focused, Abeloff's Clinical Oncology, 6th Edition, covers recent advances in our understanding of the pathophysiology of cancer, cellular and molecular causes of cancer initiation and progression, new and emerging therapies, current trials, and much more. Masterfully authored by an international team of leading cancer experts, it offers clear, practical coverage of everything from basic science to multidisciplinary collaboration on diagnosis, staging, treatment and follow up"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Science and clincial oncology. Section A: Biology and cancer. Molecular tools in cancer research
    Intracellular signaling
    The cellular microenvironment and metastases
    Control of the cell cycle
    The pathophysiology of cancer cell death
    Cancer immunology
    Stem cells, cell differentiation, and cancer
    Vascular and interstitial biology of tumors
    Cancer metabolism
    Section B: Genesis of cancer. Environmental factors
    DNA damage response pathways and cancer
    Viruses and human cancer
    Genetic factors: hereditary cancer predisposition syndromes
    Genetic and epigenetic changes in cancer
    Section C: Diagnosis of cancer. Pathology, biomarkers, and molecular diagnostics
    Imaging
    Section D: Clinical trials. Biostatistics and bioinformatics in clinical trials
    Trial design
    Structures supporting cancer clinical trials
    Oncology and health care policy
    Section E: Prevention and early detection. Discovery and characterization of cancer genetic susceptibility alleles
    Lifestyle and cancer prevention
    Cancer screening and early detection
    Nicotine dependence: current treatments and future directions
    Section F: Treatment. Cancer pharmacology
    Therapeutic targeting of cancer cells: era of molecularly targeted agents
    Basics of radiation therapy
    Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Gene therapy in oncology
    Therapeutic antibodies and immunologic conjugates
    Complementary and alternative medicine
    Part II: Problems common to cancer and therapy
    Section A: Hematologic problems and infections. Disorders of blood cell production in clinical oncology
    Diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cancer-related venous thrombosis
    Infection in the patient with cancer
    Section B: Symptom management. Hypercalcemia
    Tumor lysis syndrome
    Cancer-related pain
    Cancer cachexia
    Nausea and vomiting
    Section C: Treatment complications. Oral complications
    Dermatologic toxicities of anticancer therapy
    Cardiovascular effects of cancer therapy
    Reproductive complications
    Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes
    Neurologic complications
    Endocrine complications
    Pulmonary complications of anticancer treatment
    Section D: post treatment considerations. Rehabilitation of individuals with cancer
    Survivorship
    Second malignant neoplasms
    Caring for patients at the end of life
    Section E: Local effects of cancer and its metastasis. Acute abdomen, bowel obstruction, and fistula
    Superior vena cava syndrome
    Spinal cord compression
    Brain metastases and neoplastic meningitis
    Bone metastases
    Lung metastases
    Liver metastases
    Malignancy-related effusions
    Section F: Special populations. Cancer in the elderly: biology, prevention, and treatment
    Special issues in pregnancy
    Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection and cancer
    Part III: Specific malignancies. Section A: Central nervous system. Cancer of the central nervous system
    Section B: Head, neck, and eye. Ocular tumors
    Cancer of the head and neck
    Section C: Skin. Melanoma
    Nonmelanoma skin cancers: basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas
    Section D: Endocrine. Cancer of the endocrine system
    Section E: Thoracic. Cancer of the lung: non-small cell lung cancer and small cell lung cancer
    Diseases of the pleura and mediastinum
    Cancer of the esophagus and gastroesophageal junction
    Section F: Gastrointestinal. Cancer of the stomach and gastroesophageal junction
    Cancer of the small bowel
    Colon cancer
    Cancer of the rectum
    Cancer of the anal canal
    Liver and bile duct cancer
    Carcinoma of the pancreas
    Section G: Genitourinary. Cancer of the kidney
    Carcinoma of the bladder
    Prostate cancer
    Cancer of the penis
    Testicular cancer
    Section H: Gynecological. Cancers of the cervix, vulva, and vagina
    Cancer of the endometrium
    Ovaries and fallopian tubes
    Gestational trophoblastic disease
    Cancer of the breast
    Section I: Sarcomas. Sarcomas of bone
    Sarcomas of soft tissue
    Section J: Cancer of undefined site of origin. Carcinoma of Unknown Primary
    Section K: Pediatrics. Pediatric solid tumors
    Childhood leukemia
    Childhood lymphoma
    Section L: Hematological. Acute leukemias in adults
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Chronic myeloid leukemia
    Chronic lymphoid leukemias
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Multiple myeloma and related disorders
    Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and cutaneous B-cell lymphoma
    Adult T-cell leukemia-lymphoma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    [edited by] John E. Niederhuber [and others].
    Contents:
    pt. I. Science of clinical oncology
    sect. A. Biology and cancer
    sect. B. Genesis of cancer
    sect. C. Diagnosing cancer
    sect. D. Preventing and treating cancer
    pt. II. Problems common to cancer and its therapy
    sect. A. Hematologic problems and infections
    sect. B. Metabolic and paraneoplastic syndromes
    sect. C. Local effects of cancer and its metastasis
    sect. D. Complications of therapy
    sect. E. Special populations
    pt. III. Specific malignancies.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alden H. Harken, Ernest E. Moore.
    Contents:
    I. General topics
    Are you ready for your surgical rotation?
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    How to treat all cardiac dysrhythmias
    How to think about shock
    Congestive heart failure (CHF) and pulmonary insufficiency
    Mechanical ventilation
    Why get arterial blood gases?
    Fluids, electrolytes, Gatorade, and sweat
    Nutritional assessment, parenteral, and enteral nutrition
    What does postoperative fever mean?
    Surgical wound infection
    Priorities in evaluation of the acute abdomen
    Surgical infectious disease
    Risks of blood-borne disease
    Sepsis
    Frailty
    II. Trauma. Initial assessment
    Posttraumatic hemorrhagic shock
    Traumatic brain injury
    Spinal cord injuries
    Penetrating neck trauma
    Blunt thoracic trauma
    Penetrating thoracic trauma
    Blunt abdominal trauma
    Penetrating abdominal trauma
    Hepatic and biliary trauma
    Splenic trauma
    Pancreatic and duodenal injury
    Trauma to the colon and rectum
    Pelvic fractures
    Upper urinary tract injuries
    Lower urinary tract injury and pelvic trauma
    Extremity vascular injuries
    Facial lacerations
    Maxillofacial trauma
    Basic care of hand injuries
    Burns
    Pediatric trauma
    III. Abdominal surgery. Appendicitis
    Gallbladder disease
    Pancreatic cancer
    Acute pancreatitis
    Diagnosis and therapy of chronic pancreatitis
    Portal hypertension and esophageal varices
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Esophageal cancer
    Acid-peptic ulcer disease
    Small bowel obstruction
    Intestinal ischemia
    Diverticular disease of the colon
    Acute large bowel obstruction
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Colorectal polyps
    Colorectal carcinoma
    Anorectal disease
    Inguinal hernia
    Bariatric surgery
    IV. Endocrine surgery. Hyperparathyroidism
    Hyperthyroidism
    Thyroid nodules and cancer
    Surgical hypertension
    Adrenal laparoscopic adrenalectomy incidentaloma
    V. Breast surgery. Breast masses
    Primary therapy for breast cancer
    VI. Other cancers. What is cancer?
    Melanoma
    Non-melanoma skin cancer
    Parotid tumors
    Neck masses
    VII. Vascular surgery. What is atherosclerosis?
    Arterial insufficiency
    Carotid disease
    Abdominal aortic aneurysm
    Venous disease
    Noninvasive vascular diagnostic laboratory
    VIII. Cardiothoracic surgery. Coronary artery disease
    Mitral stenosis
    Mitral regurgitation
    Aortic valvular disease
    Thoracic surgery for non-neoplastic disease
    Lung cancer
    Solitary pulmonary nodule
    Dissecting aortic aneurysm
    IX. Pediatric surgery. Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    Intestinal obstruction of neonates and infants
    Tracheoesophageal malformations
    Tracheoesophageal malformations
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Abdominal tumors
    Congenital cysts and sinuses of the neck
    X. Transplantation. Liver transplantation
    Kidney and pancreas transplantation
    Heart transplantation
    Mechanical circulatory support
    Lung transplantation
    Penile and scrotal urologic emergencies
    Urolithiasis
    XI. Urology. Renal cell carcinoma
    Bladder cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Urodynamics and voiding dysfunction
    Pediatric urology
    XII. Health care. Can health care be reformed?
    Ethics in the surgical intensive care unit
    Professionalism
    Required reading.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sajad Majeed Zargar, Mohammad Yousuf Zargar, editors.
    Summary: The natural environment for plants is composed of a complex set of abiotic and biotic stresses; plant responses to these stresses are equally complex. Systems biology allows us to identify regulatory hubs in complex networks. It also examines the molecular "parts" (transcripts, proteins and metabolites) of an organism and attempts to combine them into functional networks or models that effectively describe and predict the dynamic activities of that organism in different environments. This book focuses on research advances regarding plant responses to abiotic stresses, from the physiological level to the molecular level. It highlights new insights gained from the integration of omics datasets and identifies remaining gaps in our knowledge, outlining additional focus areas for future crop improvement research. Plants have evolved a wide range of mechanisms for coping with various abiotic stresses. In many crop plants, the molecular mechanisms involved in a single type of stress tolerance have since been identified; however, in order to arrive at a holistic understanding of major and common events concerning abiotic stresses, the signaling pathways involved must also be elucidated. To date several molecules, like transcription factors and kinases, have been identified as promising candidates that are involved in crosstalk between stress signalling pathways. However, there is a need to better understand the tolerance mechanisms for different abiotic stresses by thoroughly grasping the signalling and sensing mechanisms involved. Accordingly, this book covers a range of topics, including the impacts of different abiotic stresses on plants, the molecular mechanisms leading to tolerance for different abiotic stresses, signaling cascades revealing cross-talk among various abiotic stresses, and elucidation of major candidate molecules that may provide abiotic stress tolerance in plants.

    Contents:
    "Omics" : a gateway towards abiotic stress tolerance
    Second messengers : central regulators in plant abiotic stress response
    Signaling peptides : hidden molecular messengers of abiotic stress perception and response in plants
    Reactive oxygen species (ROS) : a way to stress survival in plants
    Role of cuticular wax in adaptation to abiotic stress : a molecular perspective
    Abiotic stress response in plants : a cis-regulatory perspective
    Multifarious role of ROS in halophytes : signaling and defense
    Enhancing cold tolerance in horticultural plants using in vitro approaches
    Omics-based strategies for improving salt tolerance in Maize (Zea mays L.)
    Drought stress tolerance in wheat : omics approaches in understanding and enhancing antioxidant defense
    Signalling during cold stress and its interplay with transcriptional regulation
    Cross talk between phytohormone signaling pathways under abiotic stress conditions and their metabolic engineering for conferring abiotic stress tolerance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yi Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the clinical application of ABO-incompatible transplantation. In the first part, it starts with the history, blood group antigen, antibody associated with ABO blood type, pathophysiology and pathology and related knowledge. In the second part, it covers clinical experience sharing of ABO-incompatible of heart, liver, lung and kidney transplantation. It provides a systematic methodologies and protocols. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter H. Abrahams, Jonathan D. Spratt, Marios Loukas, Albert-Neels van Schoor.
    Summary: "Abrahams' and McMinn's Clinical Atlas of Human Anatomy, 8th Edition delivers the straightforward visual guidance you need to perform confidently in all examinations and understand spatial relationships required during your medical training, while also acquiring the practical anatomical knowledge needed for your future clinical career. Respected authority Prof. Peter Abrahams and his team of leading international anatomists and radiologists link a vast collection of clinical images to help you master all the essential correlations between the basic science of anatomy and its clinical practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Head, neck and brain
    Vertebral column and spinal cord
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen and pelvis
    Lower limb
    Lymphatics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Jean-Franc̜ois H. Geschwind, Michael D. Dake.
    Summary: "The 'Interventional Radiology' volume of the landmark reference "Abrams' Angiography" has now been expanded and thoroughly revised to reflect dynamic advances in interventional radiology. More than 60 contributors representing a "Who's Who" of the specialty provide comprehensive, step-by-step coverage of all contemporary vascular and nonvascular interventional procedures. Major sections discuss today's equipment and describe interventions for specific disorders of each organ system, as well as for trauma, pediatric diseases, abscess drainage, and miscellaneous disorders. More than 1,100 illustrations complement the text. This edition incorporates an extensive new section on interventional oncologic procedures. The section covers all organ-specific cancers for which interventional therapies are used. Other sections include artervenous malformations, liver diseases, arterial occlusive disease, aneurysms, traumatic arterial injuries, hemorrhage, and venous diseases. It also has full color and an accompanying online site to access the content anytime"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC691 .A161 2014
    1
  • Print
    edited by Marcus Drake, Hashim Hashim, Andrew Gammie.
    Summary: "Urodynamics has two basic aims: To reproduce the patient's symptomatic complaints while making key observations. To provide a pathophysiological explanation by correlating the patient's symptoms with the urodynamic findings. These two basic aims are crucial to the purpose of urodynamics - essentially it is a diagnostic test that will aid in the management of patients. The need to make urodynamic observations reflects the fact that the patient's symptoms are important, but they might be somewhat misleading. Most patients with lower urinary tract dysfunction (LUTD) present to their doctor with symptoms. However, lower urinary tract symptoms (LUTS - Table 1) should not simply be taken at face value, since a range of differing mechanisms may result in rather similar symptomatic presentations. The statement "the bladder is an unreliable witness" (1) reflects how symptoms are the starting point, but do not actually identify the ultimate explanation. Since treatment should correct the underlying cause, it is necessary to identify mechanisms, avoiding assumption or prejudice coming from taking symptoms at face value. An excellent example of this is voiding LUTS in men, where the cause on urodynamic testing may prove to be bladder outlet obstruction (BOO) and/or detrusor underactivity (DUA); BOO should respond fully to surgery to relieve obstruction such as transurethral resection of prostate (TURP), while such surgery is potentially not helpful in the second (2). Voiding LUTS in males are of unreliable diagnostic value, and only slow stream and hesitancy show any correlation with the urodynamic findings of BOO (3-5). Even with flow rate assessment, one cannot be sure whether BOO is present [Figure 1.1]. The difficulty of assessing LUTD by symptoms alone is the uncertainty about establishing truly what is going on in the individual describing them"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Basic urodynamics and fundamental issues / Marcus Drake, Andrew Gammie, Laura Thomas, Arturo Garcia, Hashim Hashim
    Applied Anatomy and Physiology / Chendrimada Madhu and Marcus Drake
    The Physics of Urodynamic Measurements / Andrew Gammie
    Patient Assessment / Musaab Yassin, Alan Uren, Nikki Cotterill
    Treatments for Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunction / Sharon Yeo, Hashim Hashim
    Uroflowmetry / Amit Mevcha, Richard Napier-Hemy
    Cystometry and pressure-flow studies / Marcus Drake, Rachel Tindle, Su-Min Lee
    Videourodynamics / Marcus Drake, Michelle Ong, Devang Desai, Michel Wyndaele, Mark Woodward, Hashim Hashim
    Ambulatory Urodynamics / Julie Ellis-Jones, Wendy Bevan, Dharmesh Kapoor, Marcus Drake
    Studies assessing urethral pressures / Dharmesh Kapoor and Marcus Drake
    Non-invasive urodynamics / Alison Bray, Christopher Blake, Christopher Harding
    Urodynamics in Children / Jonathan S. Ellison, Guy Nicholls, and Mark Woodward
    Urodynamics in Women / Wael Agur, Ruben Trochez, Antonin Prouza, George Kasyan, Abdelmageed Abdelrahman
    Urodynamics in Men / Arturo García-Mora, Connie Chew, Marcus Drake
    Structural changes of the bladder outlet / Michelle Ong, Marcus Drake and Devang Desai
    Neurological disease and LUTS / Marcus Drake, Jeremy Nettleton, Mo Belal
    Urodynamics in older people / Su-Min Lee, Emily Henderson
    Troubleshooting during urodynamics / Laura Thomas, Rachel Tindle, Andrew Gammie
    Artefacts in urodynamics / Andrew Gammie
    Anorectal Physiology / Laura Thomas and Kathryn McCarthy
    Organisation of the Urodynamic Unit / Laura Thomas, Alexandra Bacon, Joanne Sheen and Andrew Gammie
    Equipment / Andrew Gammie
    Working with limited resources / Andrew Gammie, Laura Thomas, Marcus Drake, Eskinder Solomon
    Research evidence on the clinical role of urodynamics / Andrew Gammie, Marcus Drake and Hashim Hashim.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Kimitaka Kaga, editor.
    Summary: For more than 40 years, Auditory Brainstem Responses (ABRs) have been used as a diagnostic tool for hearing disorders and brainstem disorders in the pediatric audiology and neurotology and child neurology. While there are many publications in this field, this new volume will review hearing problems and neurological disorders in babies, infants and children, and discuss important new advances such as ABR figure and threshold changes with infant development. The book will also cover auditory neuropathy, its numerous and new sub-classifications. Readers will be thoroughly briefed on all the new perspectives in interpreting data. Researchers and clinicians will find the text to be a valuable tool in the correct diagnosis of hearing problems and neurological diseases among babies and infants.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 History of ABR and EABR
    Part 2 ABRs
    2 Origins of ABR
    3 Gestational development of the human auditory system including the cochlea and the central auditory pathways
    4 ABR recording technique and the evaluation of peripheral hearing loss
    5 Auditory neuropathy spectrum disorders
    6 Normalization and deterioration of ABR configuration in child neurology
    7 Hypoxic and Anoxic Brain Damage
    8 Only wave I, II of the ABR with residual hearing acuity
    9 Auditory agnosia and later cortical deafness in a child over 29 years follow-up
    Part 3 Electrically Evoked ABRs (EABRs)
    10 Electrically evoked Auditory Brainstem Responses (EABRs), Recording Techniques, Normal (Control) and Abnormal Waveforms of the EABR
    11 Inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    12 Auditory neuropathy
    Part 4 Particular Topics
    13 Common Cavity Deformity
    14 Galvanic VEMP.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    editors, Sydney Keen Vitale, Kim J. Davis.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery c2023
  • Print
    editors, Dale A. Dangleben, Firas Madbak.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2021
  • Digital
    Carla Marienfeld, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a tool for general psychiatrists, medical students, residents, and fellows looking for a clinically relevant and high-yield overview of addiction psychiatry in preparation for their board exams - or for everyday clinical practice. Written by expert educators in addiction psychiatry, the text is organized by substances misused and populations affected. This book serves as both a primary learning tool for those new to the field, as well as a reference for those working in addiction treatment. Each chapter begins with summaries of high yield clinical pearls, followed by general information including treatment, and then ends with accompanying board-style review questions. The scope includes understanding substances of misuse and substance use disorders (SUDs), how to evaluate, diagnose, and monitor SUDs, how to treat SUDs both pharmacologically and behaviorally, and critical information for specific populations of patients. Absolute Addiction Psychiatry for Clinical Practice and Review is an excellent resource for all medical students, residents, fellows, and professionals taking certification exams in addiction, including those in psychiatry, addiction medicine, emergency medicine, internal medicine, pain medicine, and others. The chapter "Laboratory Testing for Substance Use Disorders" is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction, Evaluation, Treatment
    Health Services for Addiction Treatment and Levels of Care
    Laboratory Testing for Substance Use Disorders
    Epidemiology, genetics, and neurobiology of substance use and disorders
    Screening, Evaluation and Diagnosis of Substance Use Disorder
    Psychosocial Treatment of Substance Use Disorders
    Recovery from Addiction: Maintenance and Preventing Relapse
    Part II: Addictions and their Treatments
    Nicotine
    Alcohol
    Benzodiazepines and other Sedatives, Hypnotics, and Anxiolytics
    Cannabinoids
    OPIOIDS
    Stimulants: Caffeine, Cocaine, Amphetamine and Other Stimulants
    Steroids, Dissociatives, Club Drugs, Inhalants, and Hallucinogens
    Behavioral Addiction
    Part III: Populations
    Adolescents and Students
    Women and Pregnancy
    Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer or Questioning, Intersex, Asexual or Allied
    Underserved Populations
    Older Adults
    Professionals
    Part IV: Other Topics
    Co-occurring Medical Disorders
    Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders
    Prevention, Public Health, and Public Policy
    Ethical and Legal Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Massoud Mahmoudi, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of allergy and immunology, specifically dedicated as a board review preparation. The book is a collective effort and participation of over 90 well known allergists, immunologists, and rheumatologist who are academician and or practitioners. Chapters are presented in a " Case-Based" format. Each chapter presents 2 cases; each case is followed by multiple choice questions/ answers and discussions. Each chapter also offers a list of specific references used in the text, that will enhance the readers' portfolio of resources. Allergy and Immunology Board Review is a must-have resource for allergy & immunology fellows-in-training and all allergy practitioners as well as any medical provider including residents, medical students and allied health who rotate in allergy divisions.

    Contents:
    Innate and Adaptive Immunity
    Immune Cells and Functions
    HistocompatIbility Antigens (HLA) and Transplantation
    Allergic Diseases of the Eye
    Allergic Rhinitis
    Otitis Media
    Asthma
    Cough and Allergic Diseases
    Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis
    Allergic Bronchopulmonary Aspergillosis
    Food Allergy
    Eosinophilic Disorders
    A Case-Based Board Review of Angioedema and Urticaria
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Insect Allergy
    Latex Allergy
    Drug Allergy
    Autoimmunity
    Vasculitis
    B Cell Deficiency
    T Cell Deficiency
    Combined Immunodeficiency Disorders
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Infection and AIDS
    Anaphylaxis
    Diagnostic Testing in Allergic Diseases
    Antihistamines and Corticosteroids
    Bronchodilators
    New Asthma Therapeutics
    Vaccination
    Allergen Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lucy Chow, Bo Li, editors.
    Summary: This book presents over 500 breast imaging questions with detailed answers to prepare readers for the Radiology Core Exam. Radiology residents looking for preparation materials to use for the Core Exam are often frustrated with the lack of resources available. This book addresses that lack by providing an informative and invaluable high-yield breast imaging case review book for board review and lifelong learning purposes. Editors and authors have collected numerous high quality breast imaging cases that directly align with each diagnosis the Core Exam has included in their study guide. Cases include modalities from mammogram, ultrasound, and MRI. High quality images are included for each case. The book is structured to follow the layout and topics of the ABR Study Guide, making all material boards-relevant. Within each section, cases are presented with boards-style multiple choice questions and detailed explanations, giving the reader over 500 breast imaging questions to learn from. Cases will include diagnosis, etiology, imaging characteristics, and management. Additional topics related to boards preparation and clinical practice are also addressed, including indications for screening, regulations, physics, and quality/safety. This is an ideal guide for radiology residents preparing for the breast imaging portion of their Radiology Core Examination, and for continued practice and learning for practicing radiologists.

    Contents:
    Regulations and Standard of Care
    BI-RADS Terminology
    Screening Mammogram
    Diagnostic Mammogram & US
    MRI
    Interventional Procedures
    Pathology
    Male Breast
    Implants
    Breast Cancer Work up and Surgical Planning
    Post surgical Breast
    Physics. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Doris Kung, Thy Nguyen, Ritu Das.
    Summary: This concise review book provides a set of evidence-based and up-to-date study questions that demonstrate knowledge of common neurological diseases. Presented in a case-based format, each chapter includes several questions that are intended for medical students, residents rotating through neurology, and neurologists looking for study sources. Filling a need for a supplemental resource to use when studying for board exams, particularly the NBME and RITE, Absolute Case-Based Neurology serves as an invaluable guide to neurology rotations, tests and daily practice.

    Contents:
    Neuroanatomy
    Headache
    Demyelinating Diseases
    Epilepsy
    Dementia
    Vertigo
    Pediatric Neurology
    Movement Disorders
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Spinal Cord/Cauda Equina
    Ischemic Stroke and Hemorrhagic Stroke
    Increased Intracranial Pressure (ICP)
    Head Trauma
    Meningitis and Encephalitis
    Toxic and Metabolic encephalopathy
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Trifiletti, Nicholas G. Zaorsky, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mona Sazgar, Michael G. Young.
    Summary: This book contains the most essential information needed for an epilepsy/ EEG rotation. Chapters are formatted with bullet points and feature clinical pearls. Concise and easy-to-read, this quick reference provides neurology residents, clinical neurophysiology and epilepsy fellows, and other clinicians with the most critical information in epilepsy and EEG in a simplified, yet comprehensive format. Divided into two sections, the book first covers the diagnosis, characteristics, and treatment of epilepsy. The second section focuses on EEG placement, procedures, and patterns in various neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    What is not a Seizure?
    Seizures and Epilepsy
    Treatment of Seizures
    Catamenial Epilepsy
    Electrode Placement and Montages
    Normal EEG
    Normal EEG Variants
    EEG Artifacts
    Activation Procedures
    Interictal Abnormal EEG Patterns
    Ictal EEG Patterns
    Encephalopathies and EEG
    Brain Death and EEG.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rajesh Tampi, Deena Tampi, Juan Young, Rakin Hoq, Kyle Resnick, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive yet concise review of geriatric psychiatry in preparation for the board exam, or for reference during practice. Written by experts in the field, this text thoroughly reviews over 500 developmental, biological, diagnostic, and treatment questions for board certification. Unlike any other text on the market, this book takes a broader approach to the subject, making it accessible for physicians as well as other clinicians, including nurses, therapists, and social workers. Absolute Geriatric Psychiatry Review is an excellent resource for all clinicians who will care for the mental health of aging patients, including psychiatrists, neurologists, psychologists, therapists, nurses, social workers, nursing home administrators, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Developmental, Psychological and Social Aspects of Aging
    Chapter 1: Life Course: Developmental and Transitional Events
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 2: Demography and Epidemiology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Culture and Gender
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 4: Family and Community
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 5: Ethics and Forensics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 6: Economics and Health Policy
    Questions Answers
    Further Reading
    Part II: Biological Aspects of Aging
    Chapter 7: Neuroanatomy and Neuropathology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 8: Biochemistry and Neuropharmacology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 9: Anatomy and Physiology
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part III: Psychiatric Diagnosis
    Chapter 10: Neurocognitive Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 11: Depressive Disorders and Bipolar and Related Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 12: Sleep-Wake Disorders Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 13: Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 14: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 15: Anxiety Disorders and Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 16: Sexuality, Gender Dysphoria, and Paraphilic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Diagnostic Methods
    Chapter 17: Interviewing and History Taking
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading Chapter 18: Mental Status Examination
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 19: Functional Assessment
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 20: Psychological and Neuropsychological Testing
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 21: The Neurological Examination
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 22: Clinical Laboratory Testing
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 23: Structural and Functional Imaging
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Part V: Treatments
    Chapter 24: Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 25: Cytochrome P450
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 26: Antidepressants
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 27: Mood Stabilizers
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 28: Antipsychotics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 29: Anxiolytics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 30: Hypnotics
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 31: Cognitive Enhancers
    Questions
    Answers
    Further Reading
    Chapter 32: Stimulants
    Questions
    Answers
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Summary: This concise guide covers the evolution and expanding scope of hospital medicine and the variety of clinical, ethical and administrative situations a Hospitalist encounters. 500 questions on inpatient care, co-management of patients and hospital system management are provided with the goal of assessing clinical and academic competency. Questions feature actual cases with evidence-based solutions. Useful to physicians, house staff and advanced nurse practitioners, this up-to-date referenced learning text encompasses all aspects of hospital care.

    Contents:
    Inpatient Care
    Consultative and Co-Management
    Hospital Systems Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: Written in a succinct question and answer format, this comprehensive resource covers all areas of nephrology and common clinical scenarios. Nearly 1000 questions with detailed answers provide nephrology fellows, practicing nephrologists and clinicians a better understanding of nephrology and aid preparations for nephrology and internal medicine boards. Absolute Nephrology Review features the latest evidence and guidelines while fulfilling a critical need within the nephrology community.

    Contents:
    1. Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders
    2. Disorders of Mineral Metabolism and Nephrolithiasis
    3. Acute Kidney Injury
    4. Chronic Kidney Disease
    5. Glomerular, Tubulointerstitial, and Vascular Diseases
    6. Genetic Diseases and Pregnancy
    7. Hypertension
    8. Renal Pharmacology
    9. Hemodialysis
    10. Peritoneal Dialysis
    11. Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: Written in a succinct question and answer format, this comprehensive book is a resource on all areas of nephrology and common clinical scenarios. The updated volume covers the basic physiology of fluids, electrolytes and acid-base problems, renal disorders and management, chronic kidney disease, hypertension, and other essential subjects. The nearly 1000 detailed questions and answers prepare readers for nephrology and internal medicine boards and provide a better understanding of nephrology as a whole. This new edition of Absolute Nephrology Review features the latest evidence and guidelines needed by nephrology fellows, practicing nephrologists, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    New Nomenclature for Kidney Function and Disease
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders
    Sodium and Water Abnormalities
    Potassium and Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 2: Glomerular, Tubulointerstitial, and Vascular Diseases
    Chapter 3: Calcium, Phosphorus, and Magnesium Disorders and Kidney Stones
    Chapter 4: Chronic Kidney Disease
    Chapter 5: Acute Kidney Injury and Critical Care Nephrology
    Chapter 6: Hypertension
    Chapter 7: Renal Pharmacology
    Chapter 8: Genetic Diseases and Pregnancy
    Chapter 9: Hemodialysis
    Chapter 10: Peritoneal Dialysis
    Chapter 11: Transplantation
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Zachary David Levy, editor.
    Summary: This practical question and answer book covers topics within the field of neurocritical care, including aspects of neurology, neurosurgery, general critical care, and emergency medicine. Each chapter serves as a standalone test, comprised of approximately 100 questions, and closely mimics the tone and scope of the United Council for Neurologic Subspecialties (UCNS) certification exam in neurocritical care. Rationale and discussion are provided in the answers section at the end of each exam. This practical study guide will help prepare critical care fellows and residents from a variety of backgrounds (including internal medicine, neurology, anesthesiology, and emergency medicine) for the UCNS exam.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Yasser M. Awaad.
    Summary: This practical book features more than 1000 questions and answers with illustrations for pediatric neurologists, adult neurologists, general pediatricians and students taking their initial board examination and maintenance of certification. All questions are in multiple choice format and followed by the correct answer with a full explanation and appropriate references. Chapters are sectioned by different topics in pediatric neurology, including Epilepsy, Metabolic Disorders and Movement Disorders and other topics. Timely and thorough, this is a handy and succinct resource.

    Contents:
    Autism
    Behavior Disorders
    Congenital & Genetic Disorders
    Demyelinating Disorders
    Eating Disorders
    Epilepsy
    Ethics and Professionalism
    Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Neuro-metabolic Disorders
    Headache
    Developmental Disorders
    Infections
    Mental Retardation
    Movement Disorders
    Neurological complications of Systemic Diseases
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Neuro-Oncology
    Neuro-Ophthalmology
    Neurophysiology
    Sleep Disorders
    Spinal Cord Disorders
    Static encephalopathy/cerebral palsy/rehabilitation
    Toxic Encephalopathy
    Traumatic Brain Injury
    Vascular.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Petros Efthimiou, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date review of key rheumatology topics along with extensive practice questions to assist in preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) Rheumatology Certification Exam. Each chapter focuses on a single disease and starts with a short review (primarily tables and figures) to highlight the main points and key issues. The review is followed by 10-20 board-style multiple choice questions with detailed explanations for each topic. The chapters and associated preparation questions are written by established experts from top institutions in the United States. The book concludes with a 50-question practice test reflecting the format used by the ABIM Board Certification Exam. Absolute Rheumatology Review is an essential resource for not only graduate students, residents, and fellows in rheumatology and internal medicine studying for board exams but also rheumatologists, physicians, and related professionals preparing for recertification.

    Contents:
    Introduction.-Immunological Basis of Inflammatory Arthritides
    Clinical Epidemiology for Rheumatologists
    Osteoarthritis
    Regional Musculoskeletal Syndromes and the use of MSK Ultrasound
    Infectious Arthritis
    Rheumatoid Arthritis.-Psoriatic Arthritis
    Axial Spondyloarthritis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Sjogren's Syndrome
    Systemic Sclerosis (Scleroderma)
    Vasculitis
    Inflammatory Myopathies
    Osteoporosis
    Crystal Arthritis.-Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Pediatric Rheumatology for Adult Rheumatologists.-Musculoskeletal Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Clinical Genetics in Rheumatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Contents:
    1990. Forging the future, health objectives for the year 2000
    1991. Public health and a national health program
    1994. Building healthy environments
    1995. Decision making in public health
    1996. Empowering the disadvantaged, social justice in public health
    1997. Communicating public health
    1998. Public health and managed care
    1999. Celebrating a century of progress in public health
    2000. Eliminating health disparities.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA422 .A671
    9
  • Print
    Contents:
    1. [Symposia I-III]
    2. [Symposia IV-VII]
    3. Colloquia I-XIV
    4. General sessions A-F
    5. General sessions G-J
    [6] Author index
    [7] Supplement I-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F501 .I61a 1967
    6
  • Print
    Conrad Berens and L. Benjamin Sheppard.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L781 .A16
    5
  • Digital
    Association of Medical Colleges.
    Summary: "The seventh biennial Harrison Survey, jointly sponsored by the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) and the Society for Academic Continuing Medical Education (SACME), documents an academic enterprise that displays three major characteristics, somewhat in opposition to its traditional image as an isolated, passive educational entity. First, continuing medical education/ continuing professional development (CME/CPD) is increasingly integrated into the functions and missions of academic medical centers, academic health systems, and medical schools of the United States and Canada. Second, it demonstrates numerous examples of innovation and scholarship in educational design and operation. Finally, possibly as a result of the first two elements, there is an increased focus on assessing the impact of CME/CPD activities on learner competence, performance, and health care outcomes. The purpose of the survey is to help identify and understand the placement and alignment of the CME/CPD unit within the academic medical center (AMC). Survey findings will benefit those in the CME/CPD field who can use the data to assess and enhance the shape and scope of CME/CPD and who will share the information with AMC leaders, including deans, CEOs, and others. The survey generates broad but important findings for discussion and analysis in three areas: CME/CPD's structure, its function relative to relationships and educational methods, and its scope, reach, and impact. Throughout this report, data from the last Harrison Survey in 2013 are used for comparative purposes"--Executive summary.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Background and methods
    Section 1: Survey response rate and responder characteristics
    Section 2: Structural elements of CME/CPD in the academic medical center
    Section 3: Function of academic CME/CPD in the health care system
    Section 4: Reach, scope, and impact of CME/CPD programming
    Section 5: Discussion: structure, function, impact, and direction of academic CME.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Mamta Swaroop, Sanjay Krishnaswami, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General Considerations
    1. Global Burden of Surgical Disease and the Role of Academia
    2. Promoting, Developing, and Sustaining Academic Global Surgery Programs.-3. Ethics in Global Surgery
    Part 2. Career
    4. Preparing and Sustaining Your Career in Academic Global Surgery
    5. Balancing Global Surgery with Traditional Career and Life Demands
    Part 3. Clinical
    6. Guidelines and Parameters for Ideal Short-Term Interactions: Disaster Relief
    7. How to Set Up for an Ideal Long Term Clinical Interaction
    Part 4. Research
    8. Current Research Needs and Priorities
    9. Research Methods Appropriate and Applicable to Global Surgery
    10. Funding for Global Surgical Programs
    Part 5. Education
    11. Developing Educational Opportunities for Trainees on Both Sides
    12. The Role of Educational Research in the Global Setting
    Part 6. Resources
    13. Tools Useful for the Academic Global Surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Julia Miller Vick, Jennifer S. Furlong, Rosanne Lurie.
    Contents:
    Part I. What You Should Know Before You Start
    1. The Structure of Academic Careers
    2. Hiring from the Institution's Point of View
    Part II. Planning and Timing Your Search
    3. Becoming a Job Candidate: The Timetable for Your Search
    4. Deciding Where and When to Apply
    5. Building an Academic Network
    6. Letters of Recommendation
    7. Learning About Openings
    Part III. Written Materials for the Job Search: Suggestions and Samples
    8. Responding to Position Announcements
    9. CVs
    10. Additional Application Materials
    11. Online Presence
    12. Job Hunting Correspondence
    IV. Conducting the Search
    13. Interviewing
    14. Preliminary Interviews
    15. The Campus Visit
    16. Job Offers, Negotiations, Acceptances, and Rejections
    Part V. After You Take the Job
    17. Starting the Job
    18. Knowing About and Getting Tenure
    19. Changing Jobs
    Part VI. Additional Considerations
    20. Dual-Career Couples and Pregnant on the Job Market
    21. International Job Search
    22. Cultural and Experiential Diversity
    Part VII. Beyond Faculty Careers
    23. Exploring the Expanded Job Market
    Appendices
    Appendix 1: National Job Listing Sources and Scholarly and Professional Associations
    Appendix 2: Additional Resources
    Appendix 3: Sample Application Package
    Index
    Comments.
  • Digital
    Yury Khelemsky, Anuj Malhotra, Karina Gritsenko, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive text is the definitive academic pain medicine resource for medical students, residents and fellows. Acting as both an introduction and continued reference for various levels of training, this guide provides practitioners with up-to-date academic standards. In order to comprehensively meet the need for such a contemporary text--treatment options, types of pain management, and variables affecting specific conditions are thoroughly examined across 48 chapters. Categories of pain conditions include orofacial, neuropathic, visceral, neck, acute, muscle and myofascial, chronic urogenital and pelvic, acute, and regional. Written by renowned experts in the field, each chapter is supplemented with high-quality color figures, tables and images that provide the reader with a fully immersive educational experience. Academic Pain Medicine: A Practical Guide to Rotations, Fellowship, and Beyond is an unprecedented contribution to the literature that addresses the wide-spread requisite for a practical guide to pain medicine within the academic environment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Linda Deer Richardson ; Benjamin Goldberg, editor.
    Summary: This volume deals with philosophically grounded theories of animal generation as found in two different traditions: one, deriving primarily from Aristotelian natural philosophy and specifically from his Generation of Animals; and another, deriving from two related medical traditions, the Hippocratic and the Galenic. The book contains a classification and critique of works that touch on the history of embryology and animal generation written before 1980. It also contains translations of key sections of the works on which it is focused. It looks at two different scholarly communities: the physicians (medici) and philosophers (philosophi), that share a set of textual resources and philosophical lineages, as well as a shared problem (explaining animal generation), but that nevertheless have different concerns and commitments. The book demonstrates how those working in these two traditions not only shared a common philosophical background in the arts curricula of the universities, but were in constant intercourse with each other.0This book presents a test case of how scholarly communities differentiate themselves from each other through methods of argument, empirical investigation, and textual interpretations. It is all the more interesting because the two communities under investigation have so much in common and yet, in the end, are distinct in a number of important ways.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Josep Bassaganya-Riera, editor.
    Summary: Accelerated Path to Cures provides a transformative perspective on the power of combining advanced computational technologies, modeling, bioinformatics and machine learning approaches with nonclinical and clinical experimentation to accelerate drug development. This book discusses the application of advanced modeling technologies, from target identification and validation to nonclinical studies in animals to Phase 1-3 human clinical trials and post-approval monitoring, as alternative models of drug development. As a case of successful integration of computational modeling and drug development, we discuss the development of oral small molecule therapeutics for inflammatory bowel disease, from the application of docking studies to screening new chemical entities to the development of next-generation in silico human clinical trials from large-scale clinical data. Additionally, this book illustrates how modeling techniques, machine learning, and informatics can be utilized effectively at each stage of drug development to advance the progress towards predictive, preventive, personalized, precision medicine, and thus provide a successful framework for Path to Cures.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Accelerated Path to Cures and Precision Medicine in Inflammatory Bowel Disease; Overview; LANCL2 Drug Development Use Case; Network Modeling for PD Biomarker Analyses Use Case; References
    Chapter 2: Computer-Aided Drug Discovery; Overview; Structure-Based Versus Ligand-Based Modeling; Ligand-Based Modeling Approaches; Similarity Searching; Ligand-Based Pharmacophore Modeling; Quantitative-Structure Activity Relationship Modeling (QSAR); Structure-Based Modeling Approaches; Molecular Docking; Structure-Based Pharmacophore Modeling. Accelerating the Path to Precision MedicineComputational Models Used for Precision Medicine Discovery Measures Endpoints of Immune Mediated and Inflammatory Diseases; Concluding Remarks; References
    Chapter 5: Development of Synthetic Patient Populations and In Silico Clinical Trials; Overview; Clinical Research and Clinical Trials; Design Strategies; Data Sources; Predictive Modeling for Precision Medicine; Data-Driven Models; Mechanistic Models; Rule-Based Models; Human Avatars: Virtual Patient Populations; Treatment Design; Data-Driven Design; Mechanistic Modeling-Based Design. Citrobacter rodentium Infection Model of Colitis MDR1a -/- Model of Colitis; Pig as Model of Colitis; Cell-Specific Knockout Mice; Animal Models Used in Drug Development for IBD; Utilization of Computational Models in Preclinical Studies; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: From Nutritional Immunology to Drug Development; Overview; Nutritional Modulation of Immune-Mediated Diseases; Important Immunometabolic Pathways; Nutrition-Based Therapeutics Used to Treat Gastrointestinal Diseases; Computational Approaches to Discover New Therapeutics: A Precision Medicine Initiative Molecular Docking and Virtual Screening Molecular Docking; Virtual Screening; Application of Molecular Dynamics Simulations in Drug Discovery; General Considerations; Applications of Molecular Dynamics in Generating Conformational Ensembles; MD and Scoring; MD to Discover Novel Binding Sites; Success Stories in Computational Drug Discovery; Concluding Remarks; References
    Chapter 3: Preclinical Studies: Efficacy and Safety; Preclinical Studies: Safety; Preclinical Studies: Efficacy; Animal Models of IBD to Test Therapeutic Efficacy; DSS-Induced Colitis; Adoptive Transfer Model of Colitis. Statistical Analysis Dimensionality Reduction; Analysis of Variance; Concluding Remarks; References; Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Fenghe Qiu, Garry Scrivens.
    Contents:
    1. Accelerated predictive stability: an introduction
    2. Regulatory expectations and industry practice on stability testing
    3. Theory and fundamentals of accelerated predictive stability (APS) studies
    4. Practical considerations
    5. The humidity exposure of packaged products
    6. Data evaluation and statistical methods
    7. Strategies for improving the reliability of accelerated predictive stability (APS) studies
    8. Integration of APS into a rapid, early clinical drug product development paradigm
    9. Accelerated predictive stability (APS) regulatory strategies
    10. Embedding APS within business
    11. Implementing an accelerated predictive stability program
    12. Accelerated stability assessment program (ASAP) applications in a postapproval environment
    13. ASAP application: unstable drug candidate in early development
    14. ASAP application in suspension, liquid, lyophilized, and controlled-release drug products
    15. Applications of ASAP to generic drugs
    16. ASAP application: nicotine lozenges
    17. ASAP applications in clinical development: prediction of degradation and dissolution performance
    18. Accelerated predictive stability (APS) applications: packaging strategies for controlling dissolution performance
    19. Accelerated stability modeling: investigation of disintegration time of a drug product with sodium bicarbonate
    20. Accelerated stability modeling: an ionic liquid drug product
    21. Accelerated stability modeling: assay loss of nicotine lozenges
    22. Accelerated stability modeling: desolvation of a solvate drug product.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Jung W. Suh, Youngmin Kim.
    Summary: "Beyond simulation and algorithm development, many developers increasingly use MATLAB even for product deployment in computationally heavy fields. This often demands that MATLAB codes run faster by leveraging the distributed parallelism of Graphics Processing Units (GPUs). While MATLAB successfully provides high-level functions as a simulation tool for rapid prototyping, the underlying details and knowledge needed for utilizing GPUs make MATLAB users hesitate to step into it. Accelerating MATLAB with GPUs offers a primer on bridging this gap. Starting with the basics, setting up MATLAB for CUDA (in Windows, Linux and Mac OS X) and profiling, it then guides users through advanced topics such as CUDA libraries. The authors share their experience developing algorithms using MATLAB, C++ and GPUs for huge datasets, modifying MATLAB codes to better utilize the computational power of GPUs, and integrating them into commercial software products. Throughout the book, they demonstrate many example codes that can be used as templates of C-MEX and CUDA codes for readers' projects. Download example codes from the publisher's website: http://booksite.elsevier.com/9780124080805/ Shows how to accelerate MATLAB codes through the GPU for parallel processing, with minimal hardware knowledge -- Explains the related background on hardware, architecture and programming for ease of use -- Provides simple worked examples of MATLAB and CUDA C codes as well as templates that can be reused in real-world projects."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Accelerating MATLAB without GPU
    Configurations for MATLAB and CUDA
    Optimization planning through profiling
    CUDA coding with c-mex
    MATLAB and parallel computing toolbox
    Using CUDA-accelerated libraries
    Example in computer graphics
    CUDA conversion example : 3D image processing.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Lauren Mizock and Zlatka Russinova.
    Contents:
    The history of the treatment of mental illness
    Acceptance and the recovery paradigm in mental health care
    The multiple dimensions of the acceptance of mental illness
    Barriers and facilitators to acceptance of mental illness
    The process of acceptance of mental illness
    Acceptance of mental illness among women : intersectional stigma
    Acceptance of mental illness among men : exploring masculinities and mental health
    Racial-ethnic cultural factors in the process of acceptance of mental illness
    LGBT factors in the process of acceptance of mental illness
    Clinical applications and investigation of the acceptance of mental illness.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    edited by Dawn Camp-Sorrell, RN, MSN, FNP, AOCN, Laurl Matey, MSN, RN, CHPN.
    Summary: "The use of venous access devices (VADs) is central to the care that nurses provide to patients with cancer. Oncology nurses must base their practice on evidence-based research when available, but a lack of evidence has been a professional challenge for decades. With limited research to guide practice, ongoing controversies remain regarding optimal device management. Since 1989, the Oncology Nursing Society (ONS) has provided guidelines to establish a foundation for access device management. With this new text, ONS has identified practice standards, developed from a synthesis of evidence, critical review, and analysis of aspects of access device management for which nursing is accountable. Access Device Standards of Practice for Oncology Nursing reviews the controversies in access device care, explores the range of devices currently available, details the advantages and disadvantages of each device to ensure optimal selection based on patient needs, and discusses the key legal ramifications concerning access devices and their management. With access device technology becoming more complex, this text is an essential resource for nurses practicing in a wide range of settings to ensure safe, effective care of patients with VADs."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Access device standards, recommendations, and controversies
    Short-term peripheral intravenous catheters
    Midline catheters
    Nontunneled central venous lines
    Peripherally inserted central catheters
    Tunneled central venous catheters
    Implanted venous ports
    Apheresis catheters
    Complications of long-term venous access devices
    Subcutaneous infusion devices
    Arterial access devices
    Intraventricular access devices
    Epidural and intrathecal access devices
    Intraperitoneal catheters
    Pleural catheters
    Ambulatory infusion pumps
    Education, documentation, and legal issues for access devices.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Aldo Rosano.
    Summary: This salient volume surveys the state of access to primary care and preventive health services by migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers across Europe. Experts in public health and allied fields identify obstacles to healthcare interventions for migrants, including costs, legal status, health-related behaviors and beliefs, and cultural and language barriers. The book includes the latest data concerning access to specific preventive services (e.g., vaccinations, colorectal screenings), specific issues of women and sexual minorities, and the potential for health promotion in prevention. Best practices for improving access are outlined as a basis for public health and policy directives toward reducing health disparities between migrant and native populations. Among the topics covered: Access to medical examination for prevention among migrants Access and barriers to infant vaccinations, female cancer screening and colorectal screening among migrant populations Provision and policy gap between the primary and preventive care required by and the care provided to LGBTQ+ migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers. Health related lifestyles and intermediate health conditions of migrants. Quality of primary healthcare and preventive health services provided to migrants Adaptations of primary health care for migrants Access to primary health care and policies on migration and health at a time of economic crisis Dedicated to bridging research and policy gaps in this vital area, Primary Care Access and Preventive Health Services of Migrants is intended for an international audience of academics, researchers, policymakers, and practitioners in public health and related disciplines. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    1. Foreword
    2. Rights to primary care access and health prevention of non-nationals and migrants in the European Union Countries (Nadia Mignolli, Alessandra Fasano, Roberta Pace)
    3. Access and barriers to childhood immunization among migrant populations (Pierluigi Lopalco)
    4. Access to medical examination for primary prevention among migrants (Alessio Petrelli, Anteo Di Napoli, Alessandra Rossi)
    5. Avoidable hospitalization among migrants and ethnic minorities in western countries (Laura Cacciani, Nera Agabiti, Teresa Dalla Zuanna, Cristina Canova)
    6. Female migrants' attitudes and access to cervical and breast cancer screening in Europe (Sandra Buttigieg)
    7. Access to colorectal screening (Aldo Rosano)
    8. Health-related lifestyles among migrants (Teresa Spadea, Raffaella Rusciani, Luisa Mondo, Giuseppe Costa)
    9. Adaptation of primary health care for migrants: recommendations and best practices (Marie Dauvrin, Bernadett Varga)
    10. Health policies, patterns, and barriers to migrants' access to primary health care (Sonia Dias, Inés Fronteira , Ana Gama, J Coloma, Jorge Simões, Henrique Barros)
    11. Access to primary care and preventive health services of LGBTQ+ migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers (J Namer, O Razum)
    12. Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "AccessDermatologyDxRx is a comprehensive resource for all physicians and other healthcare providers including medical students, dermatology residents, internists, oncologists, and infectious disease specialists. With thousands of images that include all of the essential information to help you with clinical decision-making, this resource covers the full scope of dermatologic conditions."--Website.
  • Digital
    Toy, Eugene C.
    Summary: Clinical cases selected from the LANGE Case Files series, edited by Eugene C. Toy, MD.

    Contents:
    Basic science:
    Anatomy
    Biochemistry
    Microbiology
    Neuroscience
    Pathology
    Pharmacology
    Physiology. Clinical medicine:
    Anesthesiology
    Emergency Medicine
    Family Medicine
    Internal Medicine
    Neurology
    Ob/Gyn
    Pediatrics
    Psychiatry
    Surgery.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine Website
  • Digital
    Summary: Information to navigate the ever-evolving landscape of brain and nervous system function including interactive case studies, high-resolution images, and multimedia presentations. Designed for seasoned neurologists, residents, and students, you can find textbooks, expert-crafted summaries, drug monographs, and evidence-based practice guidelines.
  • Digital
    Summary: "AccessPediatrics from McGraw-Hill Medical covers the entire span of pediatric practice, from neonatology through adolescent medicine. Updated regularly and optimized for viewing on any device, this comprehensive online pediatric resource provides instant access to information essential for completing evaluation, diagnosis, and case management decisions, as well as for pursuing research or self-assessment and board review -- all in one place."--Website.
  • Digital
    Nigel Raby, Laurence Berman, Simon Morley, Gerald de Lacey.
    Summary: Since it was first published, Accident and Emergency Radiology: A Survival Guide has become the classic in-my-pocket-reference and an indispensable aid to all those who work in the Emergency Department. The core and substantial value lies in the step-by-step analytical approaches which help you to answer this question: "These images look normal to me, but . . . how can I be sure that I am not missing a subtle but important abnormality?" Ensure accuracy in reading and interpretation of any given image. Common sources of error and diagnostic difficulty are highlighted. Prevent mistakes. Pitfalls and associated abnormalities are emphasized throughout. Avoid misdiagnoses. Normal anatomy is outlined alongside schemes for detecting variants of the norm. Each chapter concludes with a summary of key points. Will provide a useful overview of the most important features in diagnosis and interpretation.Easily grasp difficult anatomical concepts. Radiographs accompanied by clear, explanatory line-drawings.

    Contents:
    1. Key principles
    2. Particular paediatric points
    3. Paediatric skull-suspected NAI
    4. Adult skull
    5. Face
    6. Shoulder
    7. Paediatric elbow
    8. Adult elbow
    9. Wrist & distal forearm
    10. Hand & fingers
    11. Cervical spine
    12. Thoracic & lumbar spine
    13. Pelvis
    14. Hip & proximal femur
    15. Knee
    16. Ankle & hindfoot
    17. Midfoot & forefoot
    18. Chest
    19. Abdominal pain & abdominal trauma
    20. Penetrating foreign bodies
    21. Swallowed foreign bodies
    22. Test yourself
    Test Yourself-answers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Narayan Yoganandan, Alan M. Nahum, John W. Melvin, The Medical College of Wisconsin Inc on behalf of Narayan Yoganandan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art look at the applied biomechanics of accidental injury and prevention. The editors, Drs. Narayan Yoganandan, Alan M. Nahum and John W. Melvin are recognized international leaders and researchers in injury biomechanics, prevention and trauma medicine. They have assembled renowned researchers as authors for 29 chapters to cover individual aspects of human injury assessment and prevention. This third edition is thoroughly revised and expanded with new chapters in different fields. Topics covered address automotive, aviation, military and other environments. Field data collection; injury coding/scaling; injury epidemiology; mechanisms of injury; human tolerance to injury; simulations using experimental, complex computational models (finite element modeling) and statistical processes; anthropomorphic test device design, development and validation for crashworthiness applications in topics cited above; and current regulations are covered. Risk functions and injury criteria for various body regions are included. Adult and pediatric populations are addressed. The exhaustive list of references in many areas along with the latest developments is valuable to all those involved or intend to pursue this important topic on human injury biomechanics and prevention. The expanded edition will interest a variety of scholars and professionals including physicians, biomedical researchers in many disciplines, basic scientists, attorneys and jurists involved in accidental injury cases, and governmental bodies. It is hoped that this book will foster multidisciplinary collaborations by medical and engineering researchers, and academicians and practicing physicians for injury assessment and prevention and stimulate more applied research, education and training in the field of accidental-injury causation and prevention.

    Contents:
    Introduction to and applications of injury biomechanics
    Automotive field data in injury biomechanics
    Medical imaging and injury scaling in trauma biomechanics
    Anthropomorphic test devices and injury risk assessments
    Restraint system biomechanics
    Computational modeling in injury biomechanics
    Computational analysis of bone fracture
    Skull and facial bone injury biomechanics
    Biomechanics of brain injury: a historical perspective
    Biomechanics of brain injury: looking to the future
    Neck injury biomechanics
    Upper extremity biomechanics
    Thorax injury biomechanics
    Impact and injury response of the abdomen
    Thoracic spine injury biomechanics
    Lumbar spine injury biomechanics
    Knee, thigh, and hip injury biomechanics
    Leg, foot, and ankle injury biomechanics
    Pain biomechanics
    Thoracolumbar pain: neural mechanisms and biomechanics
    Role of muscles in accidental injury
    Pediatric biomechanics
    Best practice recommendations for protecting child occupants
    Pedestrian injury biomechanics and protection
    Design and testing of sports helmets: biomechanical practical considerations
    Normalization and scaling for human response corridors and development of injury risk curves
    Injury criteria and motor vehicle regulations
    Civil aviation crash injury protection
    Ballistic injury biomechanics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pasquale Perrone Filardi, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes how the renin angiotensin system is implicated in the progression of atherosclerotic disease as well as of left ventricular dysfunction and reviews the action of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and AT1 receptor antagonists on reducing morbidity and mortality in patients with left ventricular dysfunction or in those at high cardiovascular risk with preserved ventricular function. ACEi and ARBS in Hypertension and Heart Failure is a highly practical reference reviewing the evidence and providing a rationale for the appropriate use of RAS antagonists in cardiovascular diseases. It is written in an easy-to-follow format and with many illustrations to aid clarity and the assimilation of information. Each chapter is written by established authorities in their fields who are also experienced in explaining often complex concepts. The result is a unique book which is not only comprehensive but also clear and useful for the busy medical practitioner.

    Contents:
    Pathogenetic mechanisms of RAS involvement in cardiovascular diseases
    Antiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and at1 antagonists for treatment of hypertension.- Renin angiotensin system antagonism in heart failure
    Impact of co-morbidities on RAS inhibitors choice in hypertensive and heart failure patients
    Target organ damage and RAS blockade.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Axel Gänsslen, Michael Müller, Michael Nerlich, Jan Lindahl.
    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy / Norbert Peter Tesch, Axel Gänsslen, Friedrich Anderhuber, Wolfgang Grechenig, and Stephan Grechenig
    Biomechanics / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Nerlich, and Stephan Grechenig
    Radiological diagnostics / Axel Gänsslen and Stephan Grechenig
    Classification of acetabulum fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, and Michael Nerlich
    Epidemiology / Paul Schmitz, Axel Gänsslen, and Florian Baumann
    Indications and planning / Michael Müller, Daniel Popp, Axel Gänsslen, and Matej Cimerman
    Approaches / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, Norbert Peter Tesch, Friedrich Anderhuber, Wolfgang Grechenig, Hans-Gunther Clement, and Jan Lindahl
    Posterior wall fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Arne Berner, Michael Nerlich, and Mario Staresinic
    Posterior column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Stephan Grechenig, Michael Nerlich, and Bore Bakota
    Associated posterior column and posterior wall fractures / Veronika Matzi, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    Anterior wall fractures / Gloria Hohenberger, Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, Daniel Popp, and Jan Lindahl
    Anterior column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, and Michael Nerlich
    Associated anterior column plus posterior hemitransverse fractures / Michael Müller, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    Pure transverse fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Mueller, and Michael Nerlich
    Transverse plus posterior wall fractures / Michael Müller, Axel Gänsslen, and Michael Nerlich
    T-type fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Michael Müller, and Michael Nerlich
    Both-column fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Thomas Dienstknecht, Michael Nerlich, and Jan Lindahl
    Fractures in the elderly / Florian Baumann, Paul Schmitz, Michael Müller, and Axel Gänsslen
    Acetabular fractures in children / Axel Gänsslen and Florian Baumann
    Heterotopic ossifications / Axel Gänsslen, Johannes Weber, and Michael Müller
    Thromboembolic complications / Axel Gänsslen, Johannes Weber, and Michael Müller
    Special screws and views / Axel Gänsslen, Frank Hildebrand, Markus Klebingat, Michael Nerlich, and Jan Lindahl
    Outcome scoring / Christian G. Pfeifer, Arne Berner, Michael Müller, and Axel Gänsslen
    Femoral head fractures : Pipkin IV / Axel Gänsslen and Stephan Grechenig
    Periprosthetic acetabular fractures / Axel Gänsslen, Paul Schmitz, and Frank Hildebrand.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital
    P. Marco Fisichella, Fernando A.M. Herbella, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Gillian Leng, Val Moore, Sasha Abraham.
    Contents:
    Practical actions for healthcare providers / Val Moore
    Identifying a high quality evidence base / Paul Chrisp and Sara Twaddle
    Key challenges to implementation and effective interventions / Elaine Whitby and Julie Royce
    Using financial systems to support improved care / Jennifer Field
    Using measurement to support change and improvements in healthcare / Nick Baillie
    Conclusion and reflections / Danny Keenan and Sasha Abraham.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ellen Nolte, Sherry Merkur, Anders Anell.
    Summary: "The idea of person-centred health systems is widely advocated in political and policy declarations to better address health system challenges. A person-centred approach is advocated on political, ethical and instrumental grounds and believed to benefit service users, health professionals and the health system more broadly. However, there is continuing debate about the strategies that are available and effective to promote and implement 'personcentred' approaches. This book brings together the world's leading experts in the field to present the evidence base and analyse current challenges and issues. It examines 'person-centredness' from the different roles people take in health systems, as individual service users, care managers, taxpayers or active citizens. The evidence presented will not only provide invaluable policy advice to practitioners and policymakers working on the design and implementation of person-centred health systems but will also be an excellent resource for academics and graduate students researching health systems in Europe"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The person at the centre of health systems : an introduction
    Person-centredness : exploring its evolution and meaning in the health system context
    Person-centred health systems : strategies, drivers and impacts
    Achieving person-centred health systems : levers and strategies
    Community participation in health systems development
    Patient and public involvement in research
    Listening to People : measuring views, experiences and perceptions
    Choosing providers
    Choosing payers : can insurance competition strengthen person-centred care?
    The service user as manager of care : the role of direct payments and personal budgets
    Choosing treatments and the role of shared decision-making
    The person at the centre? : the role of self-management and self-management support
    Patients' rights : from recognition to implementation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Riccardo Valentini, John L. Sievenpiper, Marta Antonelli, Katarzyna Dembska, editors.
    Summary: This publication offers a systemic analysis of sustainability in the food system, taking as its framework the Sustainable Development Goals of the 2030 Agenda of the United Nations. Targeted chapters from experts in the field cover main challenges in the food system and propose methods for achieving long term sustainability. Authors focus on how sustainability can be achieved along the whole food chain and in different contexts. Timely issues such as food security, climate change and migration and sustainable agriculture are discussed in depth. The volume is unique in its multidisciplinary and multi-stakeholder approach. Chapter authors come from a variety of backgrounds, and authors include academic professors, members of CSO and other international organizations, and policy makers. This plurality allows for a nuanced analysis of sustainability goals and practices from a variety of perspectives, making the book useful to a wide range of readers working in different areas related to sustainability and food production. The book is targeted towards the academic community and practitioners in the policy, international cooperation, nutrition, geography, and social sciences fields. Professors teaching in nutrition, food technology, food sociology, geography, global economics, food systems, agriculture and agronomy, and political science and international cooperation may find this to be a useful supplemental text in their courses.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Current Issues; Understanding the Global Food System; 1 Introduction; 2 Nutrition Challenges; 2.1 Nutritional Challenges in the SDGs; 3 Food and the Environment; 3.1 Food and the Environment in the SDGs; 4 Food Loss and Waste; 4.1 Food Loss and Waste in the SDGs; 5 The Pathway Towards Sustainable and Healthy Food Systems; References; Climate Change, Sustainable Agriculture and Food Systems: The World After the Paris Agreement; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Climate Change and Agriculture 1.2 The Paris Agreement: Implications for the Agriculture Sector2 A Paradigm Shift in Agriculture: From Carbon Source to Sink; 2.1 Demand-Side Drivers of a Sustainable Food System; 2.2 Solutions and Tools; 3 Conclusions; References; Drivers of Migration in the Trans-Mediterranean Region: The Likely Role of Climate Change and Resource Security in the Geopolitical Context; 1 Introduction; 2 Climate Change Assessments: An Overview; 3 The Trans-Mediterranean Migration Routes; 4 Data and Methods; 4.1 Geographical Context; 4.2 Methods and Data for the Historical and Future Analysis; 4.2.1 Climate 2 The Roles of the Eco-Agri-Food System in Disease Incidence2.1 Hunger-Related Morbidity, Obesity, Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Disorders; 2.1.1 Extent; 2.1.2 Some Societal Costs; 2.1.3 The Role of Diets; 2.1.4 The Role of Food Quality; 2.1.5 The Role of the Agri-Environment; 2.2 Cardiovascular Diseases; 2.2.1 Extent; 2.2.2 Some Societal Costs; 2.2.3 The Role of Diets; 2.2.4 The Role of Food Quality; 2.2.5 The Role of the Agri-Environment; 2.3 Infectious Diseases: Food-Borne and Zoonotic Diseases; 2.3.1 Extent; 2.3.2 Societal Costs; 2.3.3 The Role of Diets; 2.3.4 The Role of Food Quality 3.1 The Mediterranean Diet for Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease, Diabetes and Cancer3.2 Characteristics of the Mediterranean Diet; 3.3 Mediterranean Diet and Chronic Degenerative Diseases: Insights on Potential Mechanisms; 3.3.1 Dietary Fat; 3.3.2 Carbohydrate Rich Foods; 3.4 Towards a Comprehensive Nutritional Approach to Prevent Chronic Non Communicable Diseases: The Role of the Traditional Mediterranean Diet; 4 Possible Role of Nutrition to Prevent Chronic Degenerative Diseases and Improve Health Span; 5 Conclusion; References; Eco-Agri-Food Ecology and Human Health; 1 Introduction 4.2.2 Water Resources4.2.3 Agriculture; 5 Results; 5.1 Climate; 5.2 Water Resources; 5.3 Agriculture; 6 Conclusions and Recommendations; References; Nutrition, Health and Dietary Trends; 1 Nutrition and Global Non-communicable Diseases; 2 Evolution of Nutrition Guidelines: A Shift from Nutrients to Dietary Patterns; 2.1 Nutrient-Disease Risk Model; 2.2 Dietary Pattern-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines; 3 The Relationship Between Dietary Patterns and Chronic Non-communicable Diseases: The Mediterranean Diet
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Karl Heinz Burmeister.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Biographie
    v. 2. Bibliographie
    v. 3. Briefwechsel
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R509 .B96
    3
  • Digital
    Hajo Thermann, Christoph Becher, Michael R. Carmont, Jón Karlsson, Nicola Maffulli, James Calder, C. Niek van Dijk, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Richard A. Preston.
    Summary: "A brief, highly readable book providing the clinician with a straightforward approach to solving even the most complex acid-base, fluids, and electrolyte problems. Begins with the basic physiology that is key to understanding clinical water, electrolyte, and acid-base disorders. Useful for medical students, interns and residents, nurses responsible for IV fluid therapy, physician assistants, and first year nephrology fellows. Numerous case examples." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. The Basics
    Chapter 2. IV Solutions and IV Orders
    Chapter 3. Hyponatremia
    Chapter 4. Hypernatremia
    Chapter 5. Hypokalemia
    Chapter 6. Hyperkalemia
    Chapter 7. Metabolic Acidosis
    Chapter 8. Metabolic Alkalosis
    Chapter 9. Three-Step Diagnosis of Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 10. Case examples
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
  • Digital
    by Alluru S. Reddi.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of acid-base disorders. Each chapter reviews an acid-base disorder, covering pathophysiology, evaluation, and management of the disorder. The chapters include clinical cases and a Q & A section, based on scenarios and questions that clinicians regularly encounter when treating patients with these disorders. The book concludes with two chapters on acid-based disorders in special patient populations, including critically ill patients, pregnant patients, and surgical patients. Written by an expert in the field, Acid-Base Disorders: Clinical Evaluation and Management is a state-of-the-art resource that should assist clinicians and practitioners in managing patients with acid-base disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Acid-Base
    Basic Acid-Base Chemistry and Physiology
    Methods to Assess Acid-Base Disorders
    Acid-Base Disorders: General Considerations and Evaluation
    Lactic Acidosis
    Ketoacidosis
    Toxin-Induced Acid-Base Disorders
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Acid-Base Disorders in Gastrointestinal Diseases
    Acid-Base Disorders in Kidney Disease
    Metabolic Alkalosis
    Respiratory Acidosis
    Respiratory Alkalosis
    Mixed Acid-Base Disorders
    Drug-Induced Acid-Base Disorders
    Acid-Base Disorders in Critically Ill Patients
    Acid-Base Disorders in Liver Disease
    Acid-Base Disorders in Total Parenteral Nutrition
    Acid-Base Disorders in Pregnancy
    Acid-Base Disorders in Surgical Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    A. Bernard Ackerman, Brigitta M. Cavegn, Mary Jo Robinson, Maria Flordeliz A. Abad-Casintahan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL71 .A182
    2
  • Digital
    Frank R. Noyes, Sue Barber-Westin, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the short- and long-term impact of ACL injuries, covering training programs shown to reduce the rate of injuries in female athletes, and post-surgical rehabilitation for reducing the risk of future injury. Includes many color illustrations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mitsuo Ochi, Konsei Shino, Kazunori Yasuda, Masahiro Kurosaka, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Anatomy and Histology of the ACL
    Chapter 1. Functional Anatomy of the ACL Fibers on the Femoral Attachment
    Chapter 2. The Anatomical Features of ACL Insertion Sites and Their Implications for Multi-Bundle Reconstruction
    Chapter 3. Discrepancy Between Macroscopic and Histological Observations
    Chapter 4. Tibial Insertion of the ACL: 3D-CT Images, Macroscopic, and Microscopic Findings
    Chapter 5. Mechanoreceptors in the ACL
    Part II. Biomechanics of the ACL
    Chapter 6. Mechanical Properties and Biomechanical Function of the ACL
    Chapter 7. Biomechanics of the Knee with Isolated One Bundle Tear of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament
    Chapter 8. Function and Biomechanics of ACL Remnant
    Chapter 9. Biomechanics of Single- and Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 10. ACL Injury Mechanisms
    Part III. Diagnostics of ACL Injury
    Chapter 11. Physical Examinations and Device Measurements for ACL Deficiency
    Chapter 12. Diagnostics of ACL Injury Using Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Chapter 13. Diagnosis of Injured ACL Using Three-Dimensional Computed Tomography: Usefulness for Preoperative Decision Making
    Part IV. Basic Knowledge of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 14. Graft Selection
    Chapter 15. Portal Placement
    Chapter 16. Femoral Bone Tunnel Placement
    Chapter 17. Tibial Bone Tunnel Placement in Double-Bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction Using Hamstring Tendons
    Chapter 18. Tensioning and Fixation of the Graft
    Chapter 19. Tendon Regeneration after Harvest for ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 20. Second-Look Arthroscopic Evaluation after ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 21. Bone Tunnel Changes After ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 22. Graft I impingement
    Chapter 23. Fixation Procedure
    Part V Multiple bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 24. Single- vs. Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 25. Anatomic Double-Bundle Reconstruction Procedure
    Chapter 26. Triple-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with the Semitendinosus Tendon Graft
    Part VI. ACL Augmentation
    Chapter 27. History and Advantages of ACL Augmentation
    Chapter 28. Surgical Technique of ACL Augmentation
    Part VII. ACL Reconstruction Using Bone-Patella Tendon-Bone
    Chapter 29. An Overview
    Chapter 30. Anatomical Rectangular Tunnel ACL Reconstruction with a Bone-Patellar Tendon-Bone Graft
    Chapter 31. Rectangular vs. Round Tunnel
    Part VIII. Computer-Assisted Navigation in ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 32. Intraoperative Biomechanical Evaluation Using a Navigation System
    Chapter 33. Application of Computer-Assisted Navigation
    Part IV. ACL Injury in Patients with Open Physes
    Chapter 34. ACL Reconstruction with Open Physes
    Chapter 35. Avulsion Fracture of the ACL
    Part V. Revision ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 36. Double-Bundle Technique
    Chapter 37. Bone-Patellar Tendon-Bone Graft via Round Tunnel
    Chapter 38. Anatomical Revision ACL Reconstruction with Rectangular Tunnel Technique
    Chapter 39. One- vs. Two-Stage Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Part VI. Complications of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 40. Complications of ACL Reconstruction
    Part VII. Future of ACL Reconstruction
    Chapter 41. Future Challenges of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Biological Modulation Using a Growth Factor Application for Enhancement of Graft Healing
    Chapter 42. Strategies to Enhance Biological Tendon-Bobe Healing in Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Chapter 43. Tissue engineering approach for ACL healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Elizabeth Sinz, MD, senior science editor ; Kenneth Navarro, content consultant.
    Digital Access AHA 2017
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview of ACLS. Introduction ; Systems of care ; Systematic approach
    Part 2: Preventing arrest. Recognition: signs of clinical deterioration ; Acute coronary syndromes ; Acute stroke ; Bradycardia ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable
    Part 3: High-performance teams. High-performance team roles and dynamics ; Respiratory arrest ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pVT ; Cardiac arrest: PEA and asystole ; Cardiac arrest: selected special situations ; Post-cardiac arrest care
    Appendices: Testing checklists and learning station checklists ; ACLS pharmacology summary table ; Science summary table ; Glossary.
    Digital Access AHA 2020
  • Digital
    Dae Hun Suh, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together world-famous acne researchers and specialists to compile a source of comprehensive, state-of-the-art information for management of acne. It examines acne as a chronic skin disease from pathogenesis to treatment. The book covers the clinical aspects of acne, topical treatments, light therapies, environmental factors and more alongside real patient photos from around the world. Treatments that chapters explore include photodynamic therapy and topical retinoids. In addition to genetic and hormonal causes of acne, chapters also include discussions on the connections between acne and diet, and acne and environmental factors. International contributors make this text unique in that it can focus solely on acne but also include international factors. Throughout the text, authors present the most up-to-date knowledge of acne pathophysiology, clinical features, differential diagnosis, treatment, and more. Pathophysiology, in particular, includes information on bacteria, immunity, endocrinologic factors, various deteriorating factors and environmental factors. As for clinical features, adult acne, differences in clinical patterns by region and race, and acne fulminans are covered. Regarding treatment, the latest knowledge on existing treatments or treatment methods, new drugs, and core outcome measures are mentioned. Acne: Current Concepts and Management is written for the dermatologist community from resident to researcher to privately practicing clinician.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Update on Cutibacterium acnes
    Chapter 2: Updates in Isotretinoin
    Chapter 3: Developing a Core Outcome Set for Acne Clinical Trials: Towards Standardization and Harmonization
    Chapter 4: Adult Acne Vulgaris
    Chapter 5: Topical Retinoids and Acne.-Chapter 6: New Drug Developments in Acne
    Chapter 7: Scientific Connection between Acne and Diet
    Chapter 8: Photodynamic Therapy for Acne Vulgaris: Mechanism and Clinical Practice
    Chapter 9: Insulin Resistance Associated Acne
    Chapter 10: Acne fulminans
    Chapter 11: Acne and Environmental Factors
    Chapter 12: Acne on Pigmented Skin
    Chapter 13: Up-to-date Therapeutic Approaches for Acne Scars in a Korean Dermatology Clinic
    Chapter 14: Innate and Adaptive Immunity in Acne vulgaris
    Chapter 15: Clinical Features and Differential Diagnosis of Acne Vulgaris
    Chapter 16: Epidemiology of Acne in Latin America and Research News from Brazil
    Chapter 17: Androgens and Acne.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joshua A. Zeichner, editor.
    Summary: Dermatologists commonly treat acne, which affects 40 to 50 million Americans each year and about 85 percent of all patients at some point in their lives. Dermatologists, primary care doctors, and pediatricians see these patients every day in practice. It is important to treat the skin effectively not only to reduce the risk of physical scarring, but also to address the negative psychosocial impact this disease carries. Improving the skin can improve self-confidence, interpersonal relationships, and performance in school or at work. Acneiform Eruptions in Dermatology is a practical, full-color guide to the differential diagnosis of acne vulgaris and the treatment of acne-like conditions. It is organized into sections by subtype of condition (e.g., infections, genetic syndromes, medication-caused) and includes a section of variants of acne that may be misdiagnosed. Within the sections, individual chapters discuss each variant of the condition and begin with a helpful bulleted summary of its defining clinical features. Extensive color clinical images appear throughout the book.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Acne Vulgaris
    1. Acne Pathophysiology
    2. Clinical Presentation of Acne
    3. Topical Therapies for Acne
    4. Systemic Therapies for Acne
    5. Laser and Light Based Therapies for Acne
    Section 2. Infectious Diseases Mimicking Acne Vulgaris
    6. Bacterial Folliculitis
    7. Gram Negative Folliculitis
    8. Hot Tub Folliculitis
    9. Pityrosporum Folliculitis
    10. Tinea Barbae
    11. Flat Warts
    12. Molluscum Contagiosum
    13. Herpes Simplex Virus
    14. Varicella Zoster Virus
    Section 3. Variants of Acne Vulgaris
    15. Acne Conglobata
    16. Acne Excoriee
    17. Acne Fulminans
    18. Acne Mechanica
    19. Cushing Syndrome
    20. PAPA Syndrome
    21. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    22. Pomade Acne
    23. Post-Adolescent Female Acne
    24. SAPHO Syndrome
    Section 4. Genetic Syndromes Mimicking Acne Vulgaris
    25. Apert Syndrome
    26. Birt Hogg Dube Syndrome
    27. Brooke Spiegler Syndrome
    28. Cowden Syndrome
    29. Gardner Syndrome
    30. Gorlin Syndrome
    31. Muir Torre Syndrome
    32. Reed Syndrome
    33. Tuberous Sclerosis
    Section 5. Other Mimickers of Acne Vulgaris
    34. Acne Scarring
    35. Eosinophilic Pustular Folliculitis
    36. Favre Racouchot
    37. Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    38. Perioral Dermatitis
    39. Photocontact Dermatitis
    40. Postinflammatory Pigmetnation
    41. Pseudofolliculitis Barbae
    42. Pustular Psoriasis
    43. Rosacea
    44. Rosacea Fulminans
    45. Sarcoidosis
    46. Seborrheic Dermatitis
    47. Steatocystoma Multiplex
    48. Xanthomas
    Section 6. Pediatric Dermatoses Mimicking Acne
    49. Periorifical Granulomatous Dermatitis
    50. Keratosis Pilaris Atrophicans
    51. Neonatal and Infantile Acne
    52. Papular Granuloma Annulare
    53. Precocious Puberty
    Section 7. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions
    54. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Jill E. Boulton, Kevin Coughlin, Debra O'Flaherty, Alfonso Solimano.
    Summary: "ACoRN (short for Acute Care of at-Risk Newborns) was developed by an expert group of Canadian neonatal care providers and educators. Since launching in 2005, ACoRN has been taught across Canada and internationally, in formats varying from 1- to 3-day local, regional, or provincial/territorial workshops to module-based learning over a period of weeks. As with many education programs, ACoRN has evolved from didactic sessions and tabletop simulations to the hands-on, simulation-based workshops utilized today. Updates to the first edition of the text were published in 2010 and 2012 to add new content (on therapeutic hypothermia, for example)"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Corrado Angelini, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part I Diagnosis of acquired myopathies
    Auto-Antibodies in Neuromuscular Disorders
    Electromyography
    Imaging of the Muscle
    Peripheral Nerve Ultrasound
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Peripheral Nerve
    Part II Clinical Entities
    The Spectrum of Inflammatory Myopathies: Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis, Necrotizing Myositis and Inclusion Body Myositis
    Necrotising Myopathy
    Statin Myopathy
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Acquired Autoimmune Rippling Muscles with Myasthenia Gravis
    Endocrinological Myopathies
    Vitamin D deficiency in Muscle
    Intensive Care Unit Acquired Weakness
    Part III Neurogenic disorders
    Idiopathic Chronic Immune-Mediated Neuropathies: Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy and Multifocal Motor Neuropathy
    GBS Immune Neuropathies
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Paraneoplastic Diseases of the Peripheral Nervous System
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Infectious Neuropathies
    Toxic Neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Corrado Angelini, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of a range of inflammatory, autoimmune, and idiopathic disorders. The opening section covers clinical tools with a particular focus on the role of electromyography and MRI imaging. The second section then presents the differential diagnosis of acquired myopathies based on clinical, electrophysiological, muscle biopsy, and serological criteria, discussing in detail relevant clinical conditions such as including myasthenia gravis, polymyositis, and statin myopathies. The third section examines acute and chronic immune-mediated neuropathies, multifocal motor neuropathies, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, paraneoplastic diseases, and diabetic polyneuropathy, offering clear guidance on available treatments and descriptions of the latest advances in immunotheraphy, drug therapy, and physiotherapy. This clinically oriented book also includes numerous illustrative figures and contributions by international authors from leading centers.

    Contents:
    Part I Diagnostic Tools
    Autoantibodies in neuromuscular Disorders
    Electromyography
    Imaging of the Muscle
    Peripheral of the Muscle
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Peripheral Nerve
    Part II Clinical Myology Entities
    The Spectrum of Inflammatory Myopathies: Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis and Inclusion-Body
    Necrotizing Autoimmune myopathy
    Statin Myopathy
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Endocrinological Myopathies
    Vitamin D Deficiency in Muscle
    Intensive Care Unit-Acquired Weakness
    Experimental pharmacological interventions
    Part III Neurogenic Disorders
    Idiopathic Chronic Immune-Mediated Neuropathies: Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy
    Immune Neuropathies
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis: Epidemiology and Risk
    Paraneoplastic Diseases of the Peripheral Nervous System
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Infectious Neuropathies
    Toxic neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David C. Geary, Daniel B. Berch, Robert J. Ochsendorf, Kathleen Mann Koepke.
    Summary: Acquisition of Complex Arithmetic Skills and Higher-Order Mathematics Concepts focuses on typical and atypical learning of complex arithmetic skills and higher-order math concepts. As part of the series Mathematical Cognition and Learning, this volume covers recent advances in the understanding of children's developing competencies with whole-number arithmetic, fractions, and rational numbers. Each chapter covers these topics from multiple perspectives, including genetic disorders, cognition, instruction, and neural networks. Covers innovative measures and recent methodological advances in mathematical thinking and learning Contains contributions that improve instruction and education in these domains Informs policy aimed at increasing the level of mathematical proficiency in the general public.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Pooya Khan Mohammad Beigi, Emanual Maverakis.
    Contents:
    1. History of Acrodermatitis Enteropathica
    2. Epidemiology and Etiology
    2.1. Epidemiology
    2.2. Etiology
    2.2.1. Molecular Etiology of AE
    2.2.2. Hypothetical Etiology 1: the Alteration of Zinc Bioavailability
    2.2.3. Hypothetical Etiology 2: a Defective Zinc Transporter
    2.2.4. Alternative Forms of AE-like Zinc Deficiencies
    3. Analysis of Disorder
    3.1. Clinical Forms of AE
    3.2. Nomenclature of Zinc Deficiencies
    3.3. Acquired Non-hereditary Zinc Deficiency
    3.3.1. Zinc Deficient Maternal Breast Milk
    3.3.2. Zinc Deficient Caused by Metabolism Disorders
    4. Clinical Symptoms
    5. Diagnosis
    5.1. Laboratory Diagnosis of Zinc Deficiency
    5.2. Histopathology
    5.3. Biological Diagnosis of AE
    5.4. Clinical Diagnosis
    5.5. Molecular Diagnosis
    5.6. Differential Diagnosis
    6. Disease Course and Treatment
    6.1. Treatment
    7. The Role of Zinc in Different Body Systems
    7.1. Biochemistry of Zinc Metabolism
    7.2. Skin and Hair Physiology
    7.3. Gastrointestinal System and Other Organs
    7.4. Neurological Development, Growth, and Mental Status
    7.5. Enzymes
    7.6. Endocrine System
    7.7. Metabolism of Nucleic Acids
    7.8. Mitosis and Meiosis Cycles
    7.9. Cell Membranes
    7.10. Synthesis of Proteins and Collagen
    7.11. Immune System
    8. History of AE in Adults
    9. Iranian Hospital Cases in Literature
    9.1. Patient One
    9.2. Patient Two
    9.3. Patient Three
    9.4. Patient Four
    9.5. Zinc Deficiency Similarities to AE in Infants (Fifth Patient)
    10. Clinical Research
    10.1. Abstract
    10.2. Synopsis of Study
    10.3. Purpose of Study
    10.4. The Considered Hypotheses
    10.5. Introduction
    10.5. Methods
    10.6. Ethical Considerations
    10.7. Results
    10.8. Discussion
    11. Evaluation of Symptoms in Razi Dermatology Hospital
    12. Case Photos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Ashley, Stanley W.; Souba, Wiley W.; Wilmore, Douglas W.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .S416
    8
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R850.A1 A188
    22
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 2, 1963.
    BOUND WITH: Acta clinica (German ed.).
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    102
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-28, 1950-79
    Vol. 1-8, 12-18 BOUND AND SHELVED WITH: Acta neurochirurgica.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    TandFonline
    Access via Acta orthopaedica 2005-
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    v. 315-319, 2005.
    No. 315-319 BOUND WITH: Acta orthopaedica v. 76.
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    CINAHL
    v. 534-, 1998- Full text delayed 12 months
    Acad Search Prem
    1999- Full text delayed 15 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-49, 51-53, 55-555, 1920-2004.
    Suppl. 264-269, 1970 BOUND WITH: Acta Oto-laryngologica.
    121
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
    v. 380-, 1992- Not all Suppls. are online
    Acad Search Prem
    v. 424-425, 429-, 1998- Full text delayed 12 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    11
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Acad Search Prem
    v. 422-, 2000- Full text delayed 3 months
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    89
  • Digital
    Avinash Kale, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor; Abbreviations;
    1: Actin Polymerization: A Cellular Perspective for Motility; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Cancer and Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS); 1.1.2 Age-Related Neurodegenerative Disorders; 1.2 Actin: A Vital Player in Cell Motility; 1.2.1 Swimming: A Cellular Motility Phenomenon; 1.2.2 Actin-Driven Cellular Motility; 1.2.2.1 Directional Motility; 1.2.2.2 Cytokinesis; 1.2.2.3 Organelle Transport and Protein Trafficking; 1.3 Gliding Motility; 1.3.1 Gliding Motility in Apicomplexan; Bibliography
    2: Actin: The Central Ubiquitous Player in the Phenomenon2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Sequence Analysis of the G-Actin; 2.3 Structure of G-Actin; 2.3.1 3D Structure of G-Actin; 2.3.1.1 Architecture of G-Actin; 2.3.1.2 Loops; 2.3.1.2.1 S-Loop (Residues 11-16) and G-Loop (Residues 154-161); 2.3.1.2.2 H-Loop (Residues70-78); 2.3.1.3 Dnase-Binding Loop (D-Loop, Residues 38-52); 2.3.1.4 Loop 60-69; 2.3.1.5 W-Loop (Residues 165-172); 2.3.1.6 Hydrophobic Plug (H-Plug) (Residues 264-273); 2.3.1.7 C-Terminal (Residues 349-375) and N-Terminal (Residues 1-10) Loops; 2.4 Role of Metal Ions 2.5 Conformational States of Actin2.6 Upsi-Phosphate Sensing; 2.7 Filamentous Actin (F-Actin); 2.7.1 Actin Polymerization; 2.8 Mechanism of Actin Polymerization; 2.9 Kinetics of Actin Polymerization; 2.10 Thermodynamics of Actin Polymerization; 2.11 Stability of Actin Filament; 2.12 Drugs Binding to Actin; Bibliography;
    3: Formin: The Multidomain Elongator of Actin Polymer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Localization; 3.3 Function; 3.4 Domain Organization; 3.4.1 Formin Homology-1 (FH1) Domain; 3.4.2 Formin Homology-2 (FH2) Domain; 3.4.3 Diaphanous Autoregulatory Domain (DAD) 3.4.4 Other Accessory Domains3.4.5 Domain-Isotype Relationship; Bibliography;
    4: Profilin: The Associates of Formin; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Functions; 4.3 Structure; 4.4 Binding Partners of Profilin; 4.5 Poly-Proline-Binding Site; 4.6 Actin-Binding Sites; 4.7 Affinity of Profilin for Actin; 4.8 Hydrophobic Core; 4.9 Regulators of Profilin; Bibliography;
    5: ADF (Actin Depolymerizing Factor): The Breaker of the Polymer in Homeostasis; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Isoforms of ADF; 5.3 Functions; 5.4 Structure; 5.5 Stability of ADF; 5.6 Regulators of ADF; 5.6.1 PIP2; 5.6.2 Phosphorylation; 5.6.3 pH
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, H. Peter Soyer, Tarl W. Prow, Gregor B.E. Jemec.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of actinic keratosis / Green, A.C
    Patients' perspectives on actinic keratosis / Esmann, S.
    Photodamage : all signs lead to actinic keratosis and early squamous cell cancer / Wei, J.; Kok, L.F.; Byrne, S.N.; Halliday, G.M.
    Dysregulation of epidermal growth factor receptor in actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma / Joseph, S.R.; Munoz, L.; Gaffney, D.C.; Saunders, N.A.; Simpson, F.
    The actinic keratosis virome : can we prevent squamous cell carcinoma with a vaccine? / Frazer, I.H.
    Do actinic keratoses and superficial squamous cell carcinomas have a specific immunoprofile? / Wells, J.W.
    Mouse models for actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma / Handoko, H.Y.; Ferguson, B.; Walker, G.J.
    Keratinocyte cancer and its precursors in organ transplant patients / Jenni, D.; Hofbauer, G.F.L.
    Clinical features of actinic keratoses and early squamous cell carcinoma / Wheller, L.; Soyer, P.
    The many clinico-pathologic faces of actinic keratosis : an atlas / Massone, C.; Cerroni, L.
    Dermoscopy of actinic keratosis, intraepidermal carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma / Zalaudek, I.; Argenziano, G.
    The future of keratinocyte skin cancer surveillance : automated image analysis to identify and monitor keratinocyte dysplasia / Hames, S.C.; Prow, T.W.
    Reflectance confocal microscopy : hallmarks of keratinocyte cancer and its precursors / Prow, T.W.; Tan, J.-M.; Pellacani, G.
    Optical coherence tomography and its role for delineating the thickness of keratinocyte dysplasia and neoplasia / Themstrup, L.; Jemec, G.B.E.
    Teledermatology : its use in the detection and management of actinic keratosis / Janda, M.
    Conventional treatment of actinic keratosis : an overview / Peris, K.; Fargnoli, M.C.
    Field cancerization : from molecular basis to selective field-directed management of actinic keratosis / Philipp-Dormston, W.G.
    Update on photodynamic treatment for actinic keratosis / Wiegell, S.R.
    Laser treatment and its implications for photodamaged skin and actinic keratosis / de Vries, K.; Prens, E.P.
    Ingenol mebutate : from common weed to cancer cure / Zarchi, K.; Jemec, G.B.E.
    Oral nicotinamide and actinic keratosis : a supplement success story / Kim, B.; Halliday, G.M.; Damian, D.L.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Eva Böttcher-Friebertschäuser, Wolfgang Garten, Hans Dieter Klenk, editors.
    Summary: This book will give an overview on viruses undergoing proteolytic activation through host proteases. The chapters will be organized in three themed parts, the first part describing respective viruses and their characteristics in detail. In the second part the molecular and cellular biology of the proteases involved as well as their physiological functions will be further explored. The third part will contain a chapter on protease inhibitors that are promising tools for antiviral therapy. This book will engage scholars in virology and medical microbiology as well as researchers with an interest in enzymology and protein structure and function relationship.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Viral Proteins Activated By Host Proteases; 1: Activation of the Hemagglutinin of Influenza Viruses; 1.1 Structural Basis for Activation of HA Fusion Potential; 1.2 Structure of HA0 Cleavage Sites; 1.3 Activating Proteases; References; 2: Proteolytic Activation of Paramyxoviruses and Pneumoviruses; 2.1 Paramyxoviruses and Pneumoviruses; 2.2 The Role of Protease Cleavage in Fusion Protein Activation; 2.3 Proteases Involved in Paramyxovirus F Protein Proteolytic Cleavage; 2.3.1 Furin and Its Role in F Protein Cleavage. 2.3.2 Extracellular Cleavage of Paramyxovirus F Proteins with Monobasic Cleavage Sites2.3.3 The Henipavirus F proteins: Intracellular Cleavage by Endosomal Proteases; 2.4 Proteases Involved in Pneumovirus F Protein Proteolytic Cleavage; 2.4.1 Respiratory Syncytial Virus F Proteins: A Novel Case of Two Proteolytic Processing Events; 2.4.2 Extracellular Cleavage of F Proteins from the Metapneumoviruses; 2.5 F protein Proteolytic Processing, Pathogenesis, and Antiviral Approaches; 2.6 Proteolytic Activation of the Hemagglutinin-Neuraminidase Glycoprotein; References. 3.7.2 Peptide-Based Compounds and Small Molecules3.7.3 A Novel Cell-Based Sensor for SKI-1/S1P as a Platform for High-Throughput Drug Screening; 3.7.4 Use of the SKI-1/S1P Sensor to Predict Protease Use of Newly Emerging Arenaviruses; References; 4: Priming Time: How Cellular Proteases Arm Coronavirus Spike Proteins; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Coronavirus Spike Protein: Viral Key for Entry into the Target Cell; 4.3 Proteolytic Priming of Coronavirus Spike Proteins: Basic Concepts; 4.4 Proteolytic Activation of the Spike Proteins of SARS-CoV and MERS-Co
    V. 3: Cleavage of the Glycoprotein of Arenaviruses3.1 Arenavirus Structure, Genome Organization, and Basic Virology; 3.2 Arenavirus GP Structure and Function; 3.3 The Proprotein Convertase SKI-1/S1P Cleaves Arenavirus GPC; 3.4 The Mechanism of SKI-1/S1P Processing of Arenavirus GPC Differs from Cellular Substrates; 3.5 Optimized Recognition of Arenavirus GPC by SKI-1/S1P: Viral Advantage and Achilles' Heel; 3.6 The Processing of Reptarenavirus GPC Is Largely Unknown; 3.7 Targeting SKI-1/S1P-Mediated GPC Processing as an Anti-arenaviral Strategy; 3.7.1 Protein-Based Strategies. 4.4.1 Cathepsin L: Endosomal Activator of the Spike Protein4.4.2 Activation of the Spike Protein by Type II Transmembrane Serine Proteases at the Cell Surface; 4.4.3 Furin Can Activate Coronavirus Spike Proteins in the Constitutive Secretory Pathway of Infected Cells and During Viral Entry into Target Cells; References; 5: Proteolytic Processing of Filovirus Glycoproteins; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Biosynthesis and Maturation of Filovirus Glycoproteins; 5.3 The Role of GP in Host Cell Entry; 5.4 Proteases Responsible for GP Processing; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    J.J. McComb, R. Norman, M. Zumwalt (eds.).
    Summary: The purpose of the The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition is twofold: (1) to increase the awareness of wellness and fitness issues for active females and their family members; and (2) to provide an avenue for medical practitioners, allied health professionals, health educators, and certified individuals in sports medicine to gain critical, updated knowledge of a field specific to active females. Part I of the book offers a foundation to help the reader understand the interrelationship among body image concerns, the female reproductive cycle, and musculoskeletal anatomy/physiology of females that makes their health risks and concerns unique. Reproductive health is discussed by a prominent researcher in reproduction/endocrinology. An overview of the Female Athlete Triad which is a syndrome of three interrelated conditions (isordered eating, menstrual disturbances and bone loss) is presented in Part II. Physicians and certified professionals in sports medicine discuss the individual components of the triad, relating not only to the athletic female but also to the recreationally active woman throughout the lifespan. In Part III, Prevention and management of common musculoskeletal injuries is addressed by a female orthopedic surgeon who sub-specializes in treating female athletes. Finally, appropriate exercise and nutritional guidelines for active females are discussed in Parts IV-V of the book by certified professionals and licensed physicians in sports medicine. An invaluable addition to the literature, The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition will be of great interest to physicians, allied health care practitioners, medical/other wellness educators, and students who are interested in advancing women's health issues. Sports medicine specialists, family practitioners, gynecologists, team physicians, residents in sports medicine, athletic trainers, health educators, nurses, physicians assistants, physical therapists, sport psychologists, counselors, athletic trainers, and other members of the sports medicine team should also find this title of significant interest.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Focusing on active female's health issues: unique gender related psychological and physiological characteristics of females
    Pt. II. Disordered eating issues in the active female
    Pt. III. Prevention and management of common musculoskeletal injuries in active females
    Pt. IV. Exercise guidelines and precautions for active females
    Pt. V. Nutrition, energy balance, and weight control.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Benjamin F. Cravatt, Ku-Lung Hsu, Eranthie Weerapana, editors.
    Summary: "This volume provides a collection of contemporary perspectives on using activity-based protein profiling (ABPP) for biological discoveries in protein science, microbiology, and immunology. A common theme throughout is the special utility of ABPP to interrogate protein function and small-molecule interactions on a global scale in native biological systems. Each chapter showcases distinct advantages of ABPP applied to diverse protein classes and biological systems. As such, the book offers readers valuable insights into the basic principles of ABPP technology and how to apply this approach to biological questions ranging from the study of post-translational modifications to targeting bacterial effectors in host-pathogen interactions."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Activity-based protein profiling- enabling multimodal functional studies of microbial communities
    Activity-based protein profiling methods to study bacteria: the power of small-molecule electrophiles
    Opportunities and challenges in activity-based protein profiling of mycobacteria
    Activity-based protein profiling at the host-pathogen interface
    Chemical proteomic profiling of protein fatty-acylation in microbial pathogens
    How to target viral and bacterial effector proteins interfering with ubiquitin signaling
    ABPP and host-virus interactions
    Activity-based protein profiling for the study of parasite biology
    Deciphering T cell immunometabolism with activity-based protein profiling
    Small-molecular inhibitors of PARPs: from tools for investigating ADP-ribosylation to therapeutics
    Development of activity-based proteomic probes for protein citrullination
    Recent advances in activity-based protein profiling of proteases
    Opportunities for lipid-based probes in the field of immunology
    Activity-based protein profiling of non-ribosomal peptide synthetases
    Target identification of bioactive covalently acting natural products
    Applications of reactive cysteine profiling.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Soulié, Charles Georges.
    Contents:
    I. L'énergie (points, méridiens, circulation)
    II. Le maniement de l'énergie.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R601 .S72 1939
    1
  • Print
    Houchi Dung.
    Summary: "The Chinese are known to have practiced acupuncture for approximately 2,000 years. Designed specifically for health care practitioners, this book demystifies acupuncture and explains it in anatomical terms. New emphasis is made to differentiate traditional acupuncture in Oriental medicine from scientific acupuncture, which is based entirely on medical sciences. This edition is completely updated and presents the most current research. New material includes information on how to quantify pain and a new way to define acute and chronic pain"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    chapter 2. Anatomy in acupuncture
    chapter 3. Acupoints of the cranial nerves
    chapter 4. Acupoints in the neck region
    chapter 5. Acupoints in the upper limb
    chapter 6. Acupoints in the body trunk
    chapter 7. Acupoints in the lower limb
    chapter 8. Physiology in acupuncture
    chapter 9. Biochemistry in acupuncture
    chapter 10. Pathology in acupuncture
    chapter 11. Psychology in acupuncture
    chapter 12. Pain and measurement
    chapter 13. Good to excellent applications
    chapter 14. Applications with mixed and limited results
    chapter 15. Difficult patients with poor results.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM184 .D857 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Tianjun Wang.
    Summary: This book systematically introduces the Brain in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and its acupuncture treatments. It discusses the origin and development of the TCM Brain theory, and presents current research on brain and acupuncture, the unique brain related techniques such as scalp acupuncture and Dao-qi technique, the new developing acupuncture treatment methods for brain-related conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson's, dementia, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, autism, cerebral palsy and depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder among others. This book is of interest to TCM and acupuncture practitioners in the West, as well as acupuncture researchers and lecturers. It gives a new understanding of the brain and treatments for brain-related conditions from a complementary medicine point of view.

    Contents:
    Part One. Acupuncture for Brain, Introduction and Theory
    1. Brain in original Traditional Chinese Medicine
    2. Acupuncture and The Brain Current Understanding
    3. Acupuncture Research and the Brain
    4. Acupuncture Brain. physiology and Pathology
    5. Scalp acupuncture
    6. Dao qi acupuncture technique
    7. Abdominal acupuncture
    8. Other Commonly used acupuncture techniques for Brain conditions
    9. Commonly used Herb formulas for Brain Conditions
    10. The Chinese View--Preserving a Healthy Functioning Brain
    11. Stroke
    12. Parkinson's disease
    13. Dementia and Alzheimer's disease
    14. Multiple Sclerosis
    15. Brain Injuries
    16. Cerebral palsy and Brain retardation.
    17. Other neurological conditions
    18. Depression
    19. Anxiety
    20. Bipolar Disease
    21. Autism
    22. Other psychological conditions
    23. Other brain related conditions
    Conclusion
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yuan Chi Lin, Eric Hsu, editors.
    Summary: Acupuncture for Pain Management is intended as the premier resource for learning the fundamentals of the art of medical acupuncture. Edited by top pain medicine specialists at Harvard and UCLA, and based on their popular annual workshop at the American Society for Anesthesiologists, the book is the perfect synthesis of Western and Chinese medicine. Anesthesiologists, pain medicine specialists, primary care physicians, osteopaths, neurologists, psychiatrists, physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists, and other health professionals looking to add acupuncture to their repertoire will benefit from the concise and practical approach of the book. Features: Each individual meridian discussed in detail acupuncture for 25 clinical conditions, including headache, menstrual pain, low back pain, insomnia, and more. Aimed at acupuncturists as well as practitioners who want to add acupuncture to their clinical armamentarium.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Consideration
    1. History of Acupuncture
    2. Basic Theories of Traditional Chinese Medicine
    3. Pattern Discrimination in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM)
    4. Mechanisms of Acupuncture Analgesia
    5. Common Acupuncture Practices
    6. Peri-Operative Acupuncture
    7. Acupuncture Pain Research: Quantitative and Qualitative
    8. Auricular Acupuncture
    Part II: Acupuncture Channels
    9. Acupuncture Qi Flow and Points Measurement
    10. Hand Tai Yin Lung Meridian
    11. Hand Yang Ming Large Intestine Meridian
    12. Foot Yang Ming Stomach Meridian
    13. Foot Tai Yin Spleen Meridian
    14. The Hand Sho Yin Heart Meridian
    15. The Hand Tai Yang Small Intestine Meridian
    16. Foot Tai Yang Bladder Meridian
    17. Foot Shao Yin Kidney Meridian
    18. The Hand Jue Yin Pericardium Meridian
    19. The Hand Sho Yang Triple Energizer Meridian
    20. The Foot Shao Yang Gall Bladder Meridian
    21. The Foot Jun Yin Liver Meridian
    22. Conception Vessel
    23. Governor Vessel
    24. The Extra Acupuncture Points
    Part III: Clinical Conditions
    25. Headache
    26. Facial nerve palsy
    27. Vertigo
    28. Toothache
    29. Neck Pain
    30. Chest Pain
    31. Epigastic Pain
    32. Abdominal Pain
    33. Dysmenorrhea
    34. Upper Back Pain
    35. Frozen Shoulder
    36. Low Back Pain
    37. Arthritis, Joint Pain
    38. Coccygeal Pain
    39. Elbow Pain
    40. Wrist Pain
    41. Ankle Pain
    42. Heel Pain
    43. Insomnia
    44. Nausea and Vomiting
    45. Sedation
    46. Dizziness.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ruth A. Bryant, PhD (candidate), MS, RN, CWOCN, Nurse Scholar in Residence, Washington State University and Providence Health Care, WOC Nursing, Sacred Heart Medical Center and Children's Hospital, Spokane, Washington, Denise P. Nix, MS, RN, CWOCN, Nix Consulting, Inc, WOC Nursing Consultant, Minnesota Hospital Association, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Section I: Foundations. Principles for practice development to facilitate outcomes and productivity
    Billing, reimbursement, and setting up a clinic
    Anatomy and physiology of skin and soft tissue
    Wound-healing physiology and factors that affect the repair process
    Types of skin damage and differential diagnosis
    Skin and wound inspection and assessment
    Section II: Pressure ulcers. Pressure ulcers: impact, etiology, and classification
    Developing and maintaining a pressure ulcer prevention program
    Support surfaces
    Section III: Lower extremity wounds. Lower extremity assessment
    Arterial ulcers
    Venous ulcers
    Lymphedema
    Neuropathic wounds: the diabetic wound
    Foot and nail care
    Section IV: Wound bed preparation. Wound infection: diagnosis and management
    Wound debridement
    Principles of wound healing and topical management
    Section V: Biophysical and biologic agents. Cellular- and/or tissue-based products for wounds
    Molecular and cellular regulators
    Negative pressure wound therapy
    Hyperbaric oxygenation
    Electrical stimulation
    Ultraviolet light and ultrasound
    Section VI: Critical cofactors. Wound pain: impact and assessment
    Managing wound pain
    Nutritional assessment and support
    Perfusion and oxygenation
    Eliminating noncompliance
    Section VII: Acute and traumatic wounds. Uncommon wounds and manifestations of intrinsic disease
    Traumatic wounds: bullets, blasts, and vehicle crashes
    Burns
    Reconstructive surgery
    Surgical wounds and incision care
    Section VIII: Special patient populations. Skin care needs of the obese patient
    Skin care needs of the neonatal and pediatric patient
    Managing wounds in palliative care
    Management of draining wounds and fistulas
    Percutaneous tube management
    Appendix A: Tool examples to support skin and wound care
    Appendix B: Self-assessment exercises.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital
    Goran Augustin.
    Contents:
    Part I. Surgery
    1. Acute Appendicitis
    2. Acute Biliary Tract Diseases
    3. Acute Pancreatitis
    4. Nontraumatic Gastroduodenal Perforations
    5. Symptomatic Abdominal Wall Hernias
    6. Symptomatic Diaphragmatic Hernia
    7. Intestinal Obstruction
    8. Acute Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    9. Spleen
    10. Abdominal Trauma
    11. Miscellaneous Conditions
    Part II. Gynecology
    12. Adnexal Torsion
    13. (Isolated) Torsion of the Fallopian Tube
    14. Ruptured/Bleeding Ovarian Cysts/Tumors
    15. Ruptured Ectopic Pregnancy
    16. Spontaneous Uterine Rupture
    17. Torsion of the Gravid Uterus
    18. Degenerating Uterine Myomas
    19. Pelvic Inflammatory Disease and Tubo-ovarian Abscess.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Goran Augustin.
    Summary: This book will help readers recognize, diagnose and efficiently treat acute abdominal disorders encountered in the pregnant patient, whether associated with or incidental to the pregnancy. Includes more than 200 figures relevant to diagnosis and treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Claire Colebourn, Jim Newton.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive practical guide to the practice of the new subspecialty of critical care echocardiography. The text covers all aspects of clinical practice and describes how to use transthoracic echocardiography to approach and manage common clinical questions. Specific emphasis is placed on the appropriate use of clinical echocardiographic data in the context of the patient's critical illness; this is illustrated by the frequent use of case studies including both still and moving echocardiographic images. The text covers assessment of, and disorders affecting, the left and right heart, including shock and sepsis. It also looks at how to interpret diastolic information during critical illness and the effect of that illness on valve disease and function. The important subject of fluid responsiveness is explored in detail, as is the influence of organ support and illness on the diagnosis of cardiac tamponade. The information given in the text is summarized using algorithms in a field guide for the critical care echocardiographer, which also provides a rapid guide to assessing time-critical patient presentations.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph Varon, MD, FACP, FCCP, FCCM, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX, USA, Robert E. Fromm, Jr., MD, MPH, FACP, FCCP, FCCM, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Phoenix, AZ, USA.
    Summary: This pocket guide is a single-volume source of the most common and important formulas and laboratory values used in the daily practice of acute care and critical care medicine. Information is presented in outline format and as tables, graphics, and algorithms to facilitate quick look up. Acute and Critical Care Formulas and Laboratory Values is designed to help clinicians interpret clinical data, apply formulas, understand laboratory values, and integrate this information with their knowledge of pathophysiology to promote the delivery of evidence-based care. Essential formulas and laboratory values. Multiple ways to derive a value, where appropriate. Non-clinical formulas useful for understanding physiologic concepts or that underlie diagnostic tests or clinical measurement.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular Formulas and Facts
    Endocrinology and Metabolism Formulas
    Environmental Facts and Formulas
    Gastrointestinal Facts and Formulas
    Hematological Facts and Formulas
    Infectious Diseases Formulas and Facts
    Neurological Formulas and Facts
    Nutrition Formulas and Facts
    Obstetrics & Gynecology Formulas and Facts
    Oncology Formulas
    Pediatric Formulas and Laboratory Values
    Pulmonary Formulas and Facts
    Renal, Fluid & Electrolyte Formulas and Facts
    Statistics and Epidemiology
    Toxicology Formulas and Facts
    Trauma Facts and Formulas
    Common Laboratory Values.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael L. Malone, Elizabeth A. Capezuti, Robert M. Palmer, editors.
    Contents:
    1. An Introduction to the Acute Care for Elders / Michael L. Malone, Ji Won Yoo, and James S. Goodwin
    2. The Team Approach to Interdisciplinary Care / Maryjo Cleveland, Carolyn Holder, Ariba Khan, and Aileen Jencius
    3. Patient and Hospital Factors That Lead to Adverse Outcomes in Hospitalized Elders / Edgar Pierluissi, Deborah C. Francis, and Kenneth E. Covinsky
    4. An Overview of Hospital-Based Models of Care / Elizabeth A. Capezuti and Marie Boltz
    5. The Acute Care for Elders Unit / Robert M. Palmer and Denise M. Kresevic
    6. How to Develop, Start, and Sustain an Acute Care for Elders Unit / Ellen S. Danto-Nocton, Carolyn Holder, Rebecca Ramsden, Jonny Macias Tejada, Anita Steliga, and Karen Padua
    7. How to Disseminate the ACE Model of Care Beyond One Unit / Roger Y. Wong, Marsha Vollbrecht, and Patti Pagel
    8. How to Use the ACE Unit to Improve Hospital Safety and Quality for Older Patients: From ACE Units to Elder-Friendly Hospitals / Samir K. Sinha, Sandra Liliana Oakes, Selma Chaudhry, and Theodore T. Suh
    9. ACE Unit Business Model / Kyle Allen, Peter DeGolia, Susan Hazelett, and Diane Powell
    10. Models of Care to Transition from Hospital to Home / Ella Harvey Bowman, Kellie L. Flood, and Alicia I. Arbaje
    11. What Is the Role of Hospitalists in the Acute Care for Elders? / Heidi L. Wald and Melissa L. P. Mattison
    12. How to Improve Care for Seniors in the Emergency Department / Soryal Soryal, Marie Boltz, Scott Wilber, and Michael L. Malone
    13. How to Improve Care for Older Patients in the Intensive Care Unit / Leanne Boehm, E. Wesley Ely, and Lorraine Mion
    14. The Future of Acute Care for Elders / Kanwardeep Singh and Michael L. Malone.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dale A. Dangleben, Firas G. Madbak, editors.
    Summary: Acute Care General Surgery provides a succinct focused overview of a myriad of general surgical emergencies. Each chapter has a concise, practical framework on the workup and management of a specific topic. The book covers a wide array of pathology from the more common appendicitis, diverticulitis and cholecystitis to those less frequently encountered such as toxic megacolon, Fournier's gangrene and volvulus. Learning objectives for each chapter are clearly defined. In addition to differential diagnosis, the work up and management is comprehensively discussed. In addition, a pithy clinical pearl is included to serve as a memory aid for each diagnosis. Upon reviewing this volume, clinicians who encounter the acute care surgical patient in their practices will be better equipped to rapidly assess, evaluate, diagnose and managing their complex and often challenging problems.

    Contents:
    Appendiceal Mucocele
    Aute Appendicitis
    Colonic Volvulus
    Acute Cholecystitis/Biliary Disease
    Diverticulitis of the Colon
    Enterocutaneous Fistula
    Fournier's Gangrene
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Acute Anorectal Emergencies
    Incarcerated Groin Hernias
    Intussusception
    Meckel's Diverticulitis
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    Pancreatic Pseudocysts
    Paraesophageal Hernia
    Pneumobilia
    Pneumoperitoneum
    Portal Venous Gas
    Small Bowel Diverticulitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Small Bowel Perforation
    Toxic Megacolon
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Peptic Ulcer Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jaime C. Paz, Michele P. West.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Acute Care Setting
    2. The Medical Record
    Part 2. Body Systems
    3. Cardiac System --4. Pulmonary System
    5. Musculoskeletal System
    6. Nervous System
    7. Vascular System and Hematology
    8. Gastrointestinal System
    9. Genitourinary System
    10. Endocrine System
    Part 3. Diagnoses
    11. Oncology
    12. Burns and Wounds
    13. Infectious Diseases
    14. Organ Transplantation
    15. Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
    16. Amputation
    17. Physical Therapy Considerations for Patients Who Complain of Chest Pain
    Part 4. Interventions
    18. Medical-Surgical Equipment in the Acute Care Setting
    19. Pharmacologic Agents
    20. Anesthesia: Perioperative Considerations for the Physical Therapist
    21. Acute Pain Management
    22. Postural Drainage
    23. Functional Tests
    Appendix A. Preferred Practice Patterns.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    P.B. Raksin, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the common clinical scenarios that might trigger emergent consultation for neurosurgical intervention, with attention to key components of the clinical interview and exam, optimal diagnostic evaluation, indications for and the goals of operative intervention, perioperative considerations, and strategies for complication mitigation. This is not a surgical atlas, but rather, a road map for the journey to the operating room door. The intent is to establish a systematic, evidence-based action plan for the patient presenting in neurologic crisis. Each chapter opens with a relevant case vignette and then unfolds through uniform sections to tell the story of how one might approach the disease entity in question, from initial request for consultation to definitive management, highlighting steps of the decision-making process. Each chapter is punctuated by 3-5 teaching pearls, summarizing these key elements. The overall goal is to create a framework for assessment that might be applied in the emergency department, the trauma bay, or the ICU when a neurologic emergency arises. The scope encompasses not only cranial and spinal trauma, but also entities such as shunt failure, stroke, aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage, pituitary apoplexy, cauda equina syndrome, and central nervous system infection that might require time-sensitive intervention. An additional section addresses issues requiring emergent neurosurgical response in the ICU setting, including sudden neurologic worsening, status epilepticus, and abnormal clotting/ coagulopathy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] L.D. Britt, Andrew B. Peitzman, Philip S. Barie, Gregory J. Jurkovich.
    Summary: "Substantially updated with more illustrations and brand-new chapters that reflect the growth and advances in the field, this latest edition of Acute Care Surgery features an editorial board drawn from the ranks of trauma surgery, emergency surgery, and critical care surgery. A comprehensive, updated, and timely overview of this fledgling specialty!"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kathryn L. Butler ; associate editor, Mukesh Harisinghani.
    Contents:
    Section I. Radiology basics
    Section II. Abdomen
    Section III. Chest
    Section IV. Soft tissue
    Section V. Trauma.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2015
  • Digital
    Salomone Di Saverio, Fausto Catena, Luca Ansaloni, Federico Coccolini, George Velmahos, editors.
    Summary: This pocket manual is a practically oriented, wide-ranging guide to acute care surgery general aspects and℗ℓto non-gastrointestinal emergencies. It covers the most common problems in thoracic, obstetric, gynecologic, anorectal, vascular and skin surgery and also includes chapters on postoperative complications in bariatric surgery, antibiotic management, nutrition and interventional radiology in acute care surgery. This guide stems from collaboration with the World Society of Emergency Surgery (WSES) and aims to provide general surgeons, ℗ℓresidents and trainees with a comprehensive and up-to-date overview℗ℓof the℗ℓmost relevant operative techniques and with useful℗ℓ "tips and tricks" applicable in daily clinical practice. A second volume on gastrointestinal and abdominal surgical emergencies is also available.

    Contents:
    1. Acute care surgery around the world: future perspectives
    2. A history of acute care suregry
    3. Scientific Research in emergency surgery setting
    4. Organization of an acute care surgery service and patient safety management
    5. Safety and the use of checklists in acute care surgery
    6. Emergencies in otolaryngology
    Head & Neck Surgery
    7. Hemothorax, pneumothorax and chest empyema
    8. Anorectal emergencies
    9. Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    10. Surgical Site Infections and their Management
    11. Non-Traumatic Peripheral Vascular Emergencies
    12. Ruptured abdominal aortic aneurysms and major vascular injuries
    13. Obstetrics-Gynecology Emergencies
    14. Genito Urinary Emergencies
    15. Critical Care in Acute Care Surgery
    16. Septic Shock and Resuscitation Strategies
    17. Antibiotic management in acute care surgery
    18. Nutrition in sepsis and acute surgical patients
    19. Point-of-Care Ultrasound in Critically-Ill Patients
    20. Interventional Radiology for non-traumatic acute thoraco-abdominal bleeding
    21. Percutaneous Techniques for Management of Intra-Abdominal Abscesses
    22. Damage Control Surgery for Emergency General Surgery
    23. The Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    24. Common Pediatric Surgical Emergencies
    25. Common Surgical Emergencies in Transplanted Patients
    26. Emergency management of caustic injuries
    27. Surgical emergencies during pregnancy
    28. Geriatric Emergency Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Soumitra R. Eachempati, R. Lawrence Reed, II, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Biberthaler, Sebastian Siebenlist, James P. Waddell, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on acute trauma to the adult elbow, including fractures, dislocations, tendon ruptures, and vascular and nerve injuries. Each chapter addresses anatomical key features, surgical and conservative therapeutic procedures, postoperative regimes and complication strategies. International elbow experts explore a range of surgical approaches, the usage of modern implants, advances in surgical techniques, and pearls and pitfalls for each trauma entity. Moreover, the authors describe total elbow arthroplasty and radial head replacement in detail, outline current clinical outcomes, and provide recommendations for therapeutic approaches and salvage measures. The book enables the orthopedic surgeon to deal with the entire spectrum of acute simple and complex elbow injuries in adults.

    Contents:
    Part I. Simple elbow dislocations
    Part II. posteromedial rotatory instability
    Part III. Distal humerus fractures
    Part IV. Proximal ulna fractures
    Part V. Radial head fractures
    Part VI. Monteggia fractures
    part VII. Terrible triad injuries
    Part VIII. Distal biceps tendon rupture
    Part IX. Distal triceps tendon rupture
    Part X. Vascular injury
    Part XI. Nerve injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hideo Yamanouchi, Solomon L. Moshé, Akihisa Okumura.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Section II. Pathophysiology
    Section III. Diagnostic Strategy
    Section IV. Subtypes of Acute Encephalopathy
    Section V. Subtypes of Acute Encephalitis
    Section VI. Encephalopathy/Encephalitis With Refractory Epileptic Status: Rima Nabbout
    Section VII. Management of Acute Encephalopathy and Encephalitis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Qin Ning.
    Summary: This book assembles recent achievements in both basic research and clinical management in the field of hepatology, virology and immunology. It provides up-to-date information for clinicians who can apply the relevant knowledge to their daily clinical practice and for researchers who are interested in clinically orientated studies. The updated and detailed technology, state-of–the-art treatment strategies provided in this book serve as references for clinicians and resident physicians in the daily management of ACLF. The rationality and strategies for basic research as well as patient management in this book can also be a valuable reference for other fatal and end stage liver diseases than HBV induced ACLF. This volume 1 has 6 chapters and focuses on the definition, research technology, virology, genetics, and immunology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Acute Exacerbation of Chronic Hepatitis B
    Research Technology and Principles of Clinical Study
    Virology
    Genetics
    Immunology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jaechan Park, editor.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Basics
    1. Pathophysiology of ischemic stroke
    2. Pathophysiology of moyamoya disease
    3. Radiological assessment of ischemic stroke
    4. Pathology of blood clot
    Section 2: Medical Practices
    5. General management & intensive care of ischemic stroke
    6. Cardiac evaluation and management after ischemic cerebral stroke
    7. Intravenous thrombolytic therapy
    8. Pediatric ischemic stroke
    Section 3: Endovascular Practices
    9. History and overview
    10. Clot aspiration technique
    11. Stent retriever technique
    12. Intracranial stenting
    13. Treatment of arterial dissection
    Section 4: Surgical Practices
    14. Surgical embolectomy
    15. Bypass surgery
    16. Decompressive hemicraniectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Xiaoqiang Ding, Mitchell H. Rosner, Claudio Ronco.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Xiaoqiang Ding, Claudio Ronco.
    Contents:
    Acute kidney injury epidemiology : from recognition to intervention / Wang, Y., Fang, Y., Teng, J., Ding, X.
    Acute kidney injury prevention / Chopra, T.A., Brooks, C.H., Okusa, M.D.
    Renal recovery after acute kidney injury / Macedo, E., Mehta, R.L.
    Pathophysiology of septic acute kidney injury / Mårtensson, J., Bellomo, R.
    Biomarkers for diagnosis, prognosis and intervention in acute kidney injury / Fuhrman, D.Y., Kellum, J.A.
    The acute kidney injury to chronic kidney disease transition : a potential opportunity to improve care in acute kidney injury / Palant, C., Amdur, R., Chawla, L.S.
    Electronic data systems and acute kidney injury / Cheungpasitporn, W., Kashani, K.
    Fluid management in acute kidney injury / Chuang, C.-L.
    Multidimensional approach to adequacy of renal replacement therapy in acute kidney injury / Villa, G., Ricci, Z., Romagnoli, S., Ronco, C.
    Timing of renal replacement therapy in acute kidney injury / Ostermann, M., Wald, R., Bagshaw, S.M.
    Pediatric continuous renal replacement therapy / Ricci, Z., Goldstein, S.L.
    Management of cardiac surgery-associated acute kidney injury / Ding, X., Xu, J., Jiang, W., Fang, Y., Teng, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Print
    Yoshio Terada, Takashi Wada, Kent Doi, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on the clinical-pathophysiological features of acute renal injury and discusses the KDIGO diagnostic criteria, as well as novel experimental findings, including in the area of regenerative medicine. It also highlights the clinical-pathophysiological importance of AKI in clinical settings, including differential diagnoses and management of AKI. In the past, the pathology associated with sudden renal impairment was characterized as acute renal failure (ARF). However, in the 2000s, the joint efforts of specialists in fields including nephrology, intensive care medicine, and cardiovascular medicine led to the introduction of a novel concept known as acute kidney injury (AKI). As medical care progressed, patients such as high-risk elderly subjects who were not deemed to be candidates for invasive therapy came to be treated in intensive care units (ICUs). As a result, kidney injury as a subset of multiple organ failure was re-considered as AKI, especially in intensive care medicine. AKI was then proposed as a novel disease concept to emphasize the importance of early diagnosis and early intervention to improve prognosis. Presenting novel features, such as the definition of AKI, risk factors and management; biomarkers, such as neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (NGAL) and L-type fatty acid-binding protein (L-FABP); long-term outcomes of AKI; as well as renal regeneration using iPS cell, manipulation of embryonic genes, and Xenotransplanted embryonic kidney, this book is of interest to all physicians and researchers in this field around the globe.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Diagnosis and risk factors of AKI
    Definition and epidemiology of AKI
    Cause of AKI (prerenal, renal, postrenal)
    Pathophysiology of AKI
    Diagnosis of AKI (clinical assessment, novel biomarkers)
    Risk factors for AKI development in surgery
    Risk factors for AKI development in heart failure
    7. Contrast-induced AKI
    8. Antibiotics- and immunosuppression-related AKI
    9. AKI in setting of cancer
    Community-acquired AKI and hospital-acquired AKI
    Part 2 Complication of AKI
    11. Complication of homeostasis (mineral and acid-base)
    12. Volume overload and cardiac and pulmonary complication
    Part 3 Prevention and management of AKI
    Prerenal and renal AKI
    Postrenal AKI
    AKI in intensive care medicine
    Nondialytic supportive management of AKI
    Renal replacement therapy in AKI
    Outcomes and long-term follow-up of AKI patients
    Prevention and management of pediatric AKI
    Part 4 Experimental novel findings
    AKI-to-CKD transition
    AKI and nerve system
    AKI and immune system
    AKI and cytokines
    Part 5 AKI and regenerative medicine
    iPS cell and renal regenerative medicine
    Embryonic genes and renal regenerative medicine
    Xenotransplanted embryonic kidney.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stefan H. Faderl, Hagop M. Kantarjian, Elihu Estey, editors.
    Summary: The new edition of this well-received book provides a timely update of current knowledge on the biology, disease classification, and treatment of the acute leukemias - acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). Throughout, the focus is on the provision of state of the art information and guidance that will meet the needs of clinicians. Chapters have been extensively revised to take into account advances in understanding and management that have been achieved over the past few years. In addition, new chapters have been included on selection of AML patients for therapy, a broader discussion of stem cell transplantation in AML, the role of immunotherapy in ALL, the approach to newly diagnosed pediatric ALL, and the diagnosis and management of BCR-ABL-like ALL. New therapies, including investigational ones, are fully covered. As progress continues in the management of acute leukemias this book will be a valuable asset for clinicians at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Part I Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia: Epidemiology and Etiology
    Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis and Classification of Acute Myedloid Leukemia
    Selection of Patients for Therapy
    Therapy of Newly Diagnosed AML
    Management of Relapsed and Refractory AML
    Stem cell Transplant in AML
    Investigational Therapies in AML
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: Epidemiology abnd Etiology
    Molecular Biology and Genetics
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, and Classification
    Therapy of Newly Diagnosed Adult ALL
    Approach to Newly Diagnosed Pediatric and AYA ALL
    The Role of Immunotherapy in ALL
    STem Cell Transplantation in the Treatment of ALL
    The Significance of Minimal Residual Disease in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Philadelphia Chromosome
    Positive Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    BCR-ABL-like ALL: Diagnosis and Management
    Burkitt's Acute Lymphoblastic Leukema in Adults
    Treatment of Lymphoblastic Lymphoma in Adults
    Central Nervous System Involovment in Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia
    Management of Relapsed and Refractory ALL
    Emergencies in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukema
    Investigational Therapies in ALL.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lynn M. Schnapp, Carol Feghali-Bostwick, editors.
    Summary: Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) remains an important cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide, and the incidence is predicted to increase with the aging population Several clinical disorders can initiate ARDS, including pneumonia, sepsis, gastric aspiration and trauma but despite intense research over the past 40 years, we still have an incomplete understanding of the pathophysiology of the disease and treatment remains largely supportive. This book provides an overview of acute lung injury and repair, describes current animal models to study lung injury and reviews current methodologies to study and measure lung injury and repair. Special emphasis is given to state of the art techniques and methods and relevance to human disease. Acute Lung Injury and Repair: Scientific Fundamentals and Methods is a useful resource for physicians and scientists who are interested in experimental model systems for insight into ARDS pathogenesis and treatment strategies. ​
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Martin D. Zielinski, Oscar Guillamondegui, editors.
    Summary: Emergency General Surgery has become a cornerstone of Acute Care Surgery over the past decade. Once the scope of community general surgeons, the growing complexity of patients with acute surgical diseases has increasingly driven their care to tertiary referral centers. The aging population confounds this problem further as these patients present with more complex comorbidities, life-threatening physiology, and progressively severe anatomic disease severity. To ensure better outcomes, the practice has evolved to focus on evidence-based practice management guidelines in order to standardize care and optimize outcomes. This text provides a comprehensive volume for any surgeon who treats patients with acute surgical diseases. The first section is a comprehensive analysis of the background of Emergency General Surgery. The goal of this section is to provide the reader background into the acute surgical practice and to introduce the reader to the important concepts discussed in the remainder of the text. The second section discuss specific acute surgical diseases. Individual chapters outline the diagnostic approach, current treatment standards, operative approaches, and expected outcomes with an emphasis on practice management guideline implementation into practice. As acute surgical diseases and surgical critical care are integral to each other, the last section will be Critical Care for the Acute Care Surgeon. These topics focus on the critical care concepts essential to surgeons who care for acute diseases. This comprehensive text is targeted to any surgeon who takes emergency calls for any of the listed diseases including community and referral general and vascular surgeons. In addition, this would be an excellent resource for all general surgery residents. Lastly, this would also serve as a resource to intensivists who care for acute surgical patients.

    Contents:
    History and Evolution of Emergency General Surgery
    Examination of the Acute Abdomen
    Development of the AAST Disease Severity Stratification System
    Infectious Disease Considerations
    Primer on Practice Management Guidelines
    Concepts in Emergency Research (Exception from Informed Consent)
    Inter-hospital Transfers of Emergency General Surgery Patients
    Emergency General Surgery as a Team Sport
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Abdominal Wall Hernias
    Acute Cholecystitis
    Appendicitis
    Acute Colonic Diverticulitis
    Intestinal Ischemia
    Perforated Peptic Ulcer
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Complications of Acute Pancreatitis
    Acute and Chronic Enterocutaneous Fistula Management
    Soft Tissue Infection
    Perirectal Abscess
    Sepsis Resuscitation
    Hemorrhage Resuscitation
    Ventilator Management
    Nutrition Considerations
    Geriatrics and End of Life Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David Sprigings, John Chambers.
    Summary: "Acute Medicine offers an accessible and concise guide to the practical management of all acute medical problems likely to be encountered in the emergency department, ambulatory care centre, acute medical unit or on the wards. Reflecting the maturation of acute medicine as a separate specialty, the book is divided into common presentations, specific problems and procedures. New to the fifth edition is a chapter on bed-side ultrasonography; throughout, emphasis is placed on patient safety, and the use of flow diagrams, tables and figures ensures that key information is quickly accessible. Thoroughly revised by experts in the subject, and updated to reflect current approaches to diagnosis and management, Acute Medicine is an excellent companion for the trainee as well as an aide-mm̌oire for the more experienced physician"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Presentations in Acute Medicine. The critically ill patient / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Hypotension and shock / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Reduced conscious level / Simon Rinaldi
    Delirium / David Sprigings
    Falls in older people / Simon Conroy, Oja Pathak
    Cardiac arrest in hospital / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute chest pain / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Palpitations / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Transient loss of consciousness / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Acute breathlessness / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute respiratory failure / Nayia Petousi
    Pleural effusion / Ioannis Psallidas
    Cough and haemoptysis / Ahmed Yousuf
    Neurological diagnosis in acute medicine / Simon Rinaldi
    Acute headache / Simon Rinaldi
    Seizures and epilepsy / Bridget MacDonald
    Weakness and paralysis / Simon Rinaldi
    Acute sensory symptoms / Simon Rinaldi
    Loss of vision / Tristan McMullan, David Sprigings
    Acute vomiting / Simon Anderson
    Acute abdominal pain / Simon Anderson
    Acute diarrhoea / Simon Anderson
    Acute jaundice / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Ascites / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Acute kidney injury / Marlies Ostermann, David Sprigings
    Acute rash / Nemesha Desai, Ruth Lamb
    Urticaria and angioedema / Alexandra Croom
    Acute arthritis / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Acute spinal pain / Michael Canty
    Acute limb pain / David Sprigings
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment / Simon Conroy, Oja Pathak
    Acute medical problems in pregnancy / Lucy Mackillop, Charlotte Frise
    Fever on return from abroad / Nick Beeching, Mike Beadsworth
    Acute medical problems in the HIV-positive patient / Mas Chaponda, Nick Beeching
    Syndromes and Disorders. Sepsis / Guy Glover, Manu Shankar-Hari
    Poisoning / Nigel Langford, David Sprigings
    Acid-base disorders / Nick Talbot
    Anaphylaxis / Alexandra Croom
    Acute arrhythmias: general principles of management / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Regular broad complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Irregular broad complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Narrow complex tachycardia / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Atrial fibrillation and flutter / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Bradycardia and atrioventricular block / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Acute coronary syndromes (1): ST-segment elevation / Jim Newton, John B Chambers
    Acute coronary syndromes (2): Non-ST-segment elevation / Jim Newton, John B Chambers
    Acute pulmonary oedema / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Acute heart failure and decompensated chronic heart failure / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Cardiogenic shock / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Aortic dissection and other acute aortic syndromes / John B Chambers
    Heart valve disease and prosthetic heart valves / John B Chambers
    Infective endocarditis / John B Chambers, John L Klein
    Acute pericarditis / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Cardiac tamponade / John B Chambers, David Sprigings
    Severe hypertension / David Sprigings, John B Chambers
    Deep vein thrombosis / Charlotte Masterton-Smith, Kevin O'Kane
    Pulmonary embolism / Roshan Navin, Kevin O'Kane
    Problems with pacemakers and other cardiac devices / Michael Cooklin, David Sprigings
    Upper airway obstruction / Matthew Frise
    Acute asthma / Swapna Mandal
    Exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) / Eui-Sik Suh
    Community-acquired pneumonia / Ahmed Yousuf
    Hospital-acquired pneumonia / Ahmed Yousuf
    Pneumothorax / Rob Hallifax
    Stroke / Tony Rudd, Ajay Bhalla
    Transient ischaemic attack / Ajay Bhalla, Tony Rudd
    Subarachnoid haemorrhage / Michael Canty
    Bacterial meningitis / David Sprigings, John L Klein
    Encephalitis / David Sprigings
    Spinal cord compression / Michael Canty
    Guillain-Barré syndrome / Simon Rinaldi
    Raised intracranial pressure / Michael Canty
    Acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding / Simon Anderson, Udi Shmueli
    Acute lower gastrointestinal bleeding / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Acute oesophageal disorders / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Inflammatory bowel disease flare / Sophia Savva, Andrew Dixon
    Acute liver failure and decompensated chronic liver disease / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Alcoholic hepatitis / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Biliary tract disorders and acute pancreatitis / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson
    Urinary tract infection / Carolyn Hemsley, Claire van Nispen tot Pannerden
    Hypoglycaemia / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Hyperglycaemic states / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Diabetic ketoacidosis / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Hyperosmolar hyperglycaemic state / Vimal Venugopal, Vito Carone, Manohara Kenchaiah
    Disorders of plasma sodium concentration / James Crane, Paul Carroll, Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma potassium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma calcium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma magnesium concentration / Martin Crook
    Disorders of plasma phosphate concentration / Martin Crook
    Acute adrenal insufficiency / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Thyrotoxic storm / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Myxoedema coma / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Pituitary apoplexy / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Paraganglioma (phaeochromocytoma) crisis / James Crane, Paul Carroll
    Cellulitis and necrotizing fasciitis / David Sprigings, John Klein
    Erythroderma and toxic epidermal necrolysis / Nemesha Desai, Seshi Manam
    Acute gout and pseudogout / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Septic arthritis / Kehinde Sunmboye, John L Klein
    Acute vasculitis / Raashid Luqmani
    Interpretation of full blood count and film / Claire Harrison
    Pancytopenia and febrile neutropenia / Deborah Hay
    Bleeding disorders / Claire Harrison
    Management of anticoagulation / Catherine Hildyard
    Acute painful sickle cell crisis / Jo Howard
    Complications of cancer / John B Chambers, Janine Mansi
    Alcohol-related problems in acute medicine / David Sprigings
    Hypothermia / David Sprigings
    Drowning / Francesca Garnham
    Electrical injury / Francesca Garnham, David Sprigings
    Palliative and end-of-life care / Louise Free
    Medicolegal issues in acute medicine / Tom Lloyd, Angelique Mastihi
    Techniques and Procedures in Acute Medicine. Airway management / Matthew Frise
    Non-invasive ventilation / Christopher Turnbull
    Ultrasonography in acute medicine / John B Chambers, Nadia Short, Luna Gargani
    Reading a chest X-ray / Ambika Talwar
    Central vein cannulation / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Arterial blood sampling and cannulation / David Garry
    Arterial blood gases, oxygen saturation and oxygen therapy / David Sprigings
    Temporary cardiac pacing / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Pericardial aspiration (pericardiocentesis) / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    DC cardioversion / Sandeep Hothi, David Sprigings
    Insertion of an intercostal chest drain / John Corcoran
    Lumbar puncture / Kannan Nithi
    Aspiration of the knee joint / Kehinde Sunmboye
    Insertion of a Sengstaken-Blakemore tube / Ben Warner, Mark Wilkinson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Elvire Servien, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christoph Röllig, Gert J. Ossenkoppele, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by a team of leading experts, provides a comprehensive overview of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), the most frequent acute leukemia in adults. The opening chapters present current knowledge of epidemiology, etiologic factors, and the pathogenesis and molecular development of AML. Detailed guidance is offered on laboratory and clinical diagnostic workup and disease classification, and the patient- and disease-related factors that determine prognosis and treatment allocation are identified. On the basis of these general considerations, initial treatments in patients considered fit for intensive treatment and in older and co-morbid patients are reviewed, and the available relapse treatment strategies, explained. For all clinical scenarios, the most recent data on the optimal use of newly approved agents in different AML subgroups are presented. Separate chapters address the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia, current practice of allogeneic stem cell transplantation, and special clinical situations. Finally, promising approaches in drug development, current standards and challenges in assessment of measurable residual disease, immune approaches, and ideas for innovative trial designs are considered.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology and Etiology
    2. Diagnosis and Classification of AML: WHO 2016
    3. The Genomic Landscape and Clonal Evolution of AML
    4. Clinical Manifestation and Diagnostic Workup
    5. Prognostic Factors and Treatment Allocation
    6. Treatment of Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
    7. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed AML in FitPatients
    8. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed AML in Unfit Patients
    9. Treatment of Relapsed and Refractory AML
    10. Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation
    11. Special Clinical Scenarios
    12. Future Developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Heleen M. Oudemans-van Straaten, Lui G. Forni, A.B. Johan Groenveld, Sean M. Bagshaw, Michael Joannidis, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide provides the reader with answers to important clinically relevant questions regarding the evaluation and management of acute kidney injury (AKI). All aspects of critical care nephrology are covered, from pathophysiology and diagnosis to prevention and treatment. The questions considered relate to a wide range of issues, such as: How do I diagnose AKI? How can I protect the kidney in clinical practice? How do I manage patients with AKI? When should I initiate and how do I perform renal replacement therapy (RTT)? Which type of RTT is most appropriate for my patient? Should I give specific nutrients? In addition to providing practical guidelines and treatment algorithms, the book includes calculators for continuous RRT and anticoagulant dosing. The authors are internationally renowned experts in the fields of Intensive Care Medicine and Nephrology, and all contributions are written in a clear and concise style and have been peer reviewed. Acute Nephrology for the Critical Care Physician will serve as a very useful source for intensivists, internists, anesthesiologists, and nephrologists involved in the management and treatment of critically ill patients at risk of or affected by AKI.

    Contents:
    1. Acute Kidney Injury (AKI): Definitions and clinical context (Z. Ricci)
    2. Epidemiology of AKI (E. Hoste)
    3. Pathophysiology of AKI: Ischemia/reperfusion, Sepsis/inflammation, Toxicity, Vascular (A.B.J. Groeneveld,)
    4. Diagnostic work-up of the patient with suspected AKI: Oliguria, Metabolic acidosis (J. Prowle)
    5. Uremic toxins (R. Vanholder)
    6. The kidney and other organs/conditions: Heart, Cardiorenal syndromes, Uremic pericarditis, Lungs/Asthma renale, Liver/Hepatorenal syndrome, Gut/Uremic mucositis/GI permeability, Brain, Coagulation, Pregnancy (S. Bagshaw)
    7. Biomarkers for AKI (M. Ostermann)
    8. Prevention of AKI and protection of the kidney: Fluids, Vasopressors, Inotropes and vasodilators, Anti-inflammatory treatment, Antioxidants; Prevention of contrast associate nephropathy (M. Joannidis, co-authors ICM paper)
    9. Timing of renal replacement therapy (RRT) in AKI (S. Bagshaw,)
    10. Dosing of RRT (C.S.C. Bouman)
    11. Types of RRT: Continuous vs. intermittent, Convection vs. diffusion, Predilution vs. Postdilution, SLED, Replacement fluids, Membranes, Biocompatability (L.G. Forni)
    12. Anticoagulation for RRT: Heparin, Citrate, HIT (H.M. Oudemans)
    13. Metabolic aspects of continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT): Control of acidosis, Control of electrolytes, Bioenergetic gain and loss, Loss of (micro)nutrient, Nutrition (O. Joannes Boyeau)
    14. CRRT: in sepsis, after cardiac surgery (P. Honore)
    15. CRRT in the pediatric population (Z. Ricci)
    16. Drug removal by CRRT and drug dosing in the patient on CRRT (M. Schetz)
    17. CRRT for intoxications (D. Cruz)
    18. How to avoid harm in the patient with AKI: summary of key points of previous chapters (H.M. Oudemans)
    19. Follow-up and long-term renal outcomes of patients surviving AKI (J. Prowle).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Prasanna Udupi Bidkar, Ponniah Vanamoorthy, editors.
    Summary: The book provides detailed information on all major neuroemergencies, and includes a detailed checklist for practical care during the first hour of an emergency. Reinforcing the concept of quality care for better outcomes in patients with neurological diseases, the book discusses approaches to comatose patients, neurological evaluation, neuropharmacology, neuroradiology, traumatic brain and spine injury, and various other neurological disorders. The field of neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care has expanded with the advent of newer, complex surgeries, and neurocritical care is becoming an established subspecialty of neuroscience. Neurological emergencies require special care since prevention of secondary damage to the brain is of paramount importance. A valuable resource for intensivists, neurointensivists, emergency medicine physicians, neurology and neurosurgeons and nursing professionals involved in neurocare, this book also serves as study material for participants of the two-day course on "Acute Neuro Care" designed by the Indian Society of Neuroanesthesiology and Critical Care (ISNACC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Catherine S.W. Albin, Sahar F. Zafar, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide for trainees and advanced practice providers covers the essential management of hospitalized patients with acute neurologic conditions. Divided into five sections, this text serves as an incredibly easy-to-use, visually accessible, how-to manual that covers exactly what every responding clinician needs to know to care for the patient in front of them. The first section provides tangible guidance about how to pre-round, structure a presentation, examine neurologically ill patients, and interpret the core diagnostics obtained in many neurology patients: CT, MRI and EEG. The next three sections cover common complaints encountered in the hospital: spanning from non-vascular admissions, vascular & stroke neurology topics, and core neurocritical care principals and chief complaints. Throughout are checklists, scoring systems, pro-tips, images, helpful reminders, as well as concise summary of the pertinent literature. This is an ideal guide for medical students, neurology & neurosurgery trainees and advanced practice providers, as well as experienced professionals who want to brush up on the latest updates.

    Contents:
    Part One: A Comprehensive "How-To" Guide
    Pre-Rounding On and Presenting Floor Patients. Pre-Rounding and Presenting NeuroICU Patients
    The Coma Exam
    Tips for Common Cranial Nerve Exam Findings
    Stroke and Vascular Anatomy
    Basics of Computed Tomography (CT)
    Basics of MRI Ordering and Assessment
    Understanding Transcranial Dopplers (TCDs)
    Tips and Tricks for EEG Interpretation
    Part Two: Vascular Neurology
    Acute Ischemic Stroke First Encounter Assessment and Management
    Perfusion Imaging
    Ischemic Stroke: Admission Checklist
    Stroke Workup Beyond the Basics
    Ischemic Stroke Dissection
    Ischemic Stroke - Symptomatic Carotid Stenosis "Hot Carotid" Ischemic Stroke Post Stroke Management of Anticoagulation
    Selected Anti-Platelets and Anticoagulation in Stroke Prevention
    Acute Management Strategies TPA and Mechanical Thrombectomy Trials
    Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Posterior Reversible Vasoconstriction Syndrome (PRES) and Reversible Cerebral Vasoconstriction Syndrome (RCVS)
    Part Three: Non-Vascular Inpatient Neurology
    Altered Mental Status
    Framework for Workup of Unknown Brain "Lesion" Approach to First-Time Seizure
    Pharmacology Tips for Commonly Used AEDs Tips
    Approach to Infectious Encephalitis and Meningitis
    Aseptic Meningitis
    Inflammatory and Autoimmune Encephalitis
    Differential Diagnosis and Ordering Guide: Neuroanatomical Syndromes
    Autoimmune Encephalitis Testing
    Approach to New Onset Weakness
    Workup of New Demyelinating Lesions
    Approach to the "Dizzy" Patient
    Part Four: NeuroICU
    Intracranial Pressure: Theory and Management Strategies
    Management of External Ventricular Catheters
    Malignant Middle Cerebral Artery Infarction Intracerebral Hemorrhage Management
    Intracranial Hemorrhage LandmarkTrials
    Reversal of Selected Anti-Thrombotics
    An In-Depth Review of Reversing Direct Factor XA-Inhibitor-Related Hemorrhages
    Intracranial Hemorrhage - Management of Anticoagulation
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Differential
    Aneurysmal SAH Admission and Early Management
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Scoring Systems
    Aneurysmal SAH Daily Management Principles
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Notable Trials
    Traumatic Brain Injury.-Trials in TBI
    Induced Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest
    Status Epilepticus
    Continuous EEG Monitoring, Electrographic Seizures and The Ictal-Interictal Continuum
    Neuromuscular Crises: ICU Management of Guillan Barr & Myasthenia Gravis
    Evaluation of C-Spine Trauma
    ICU Management of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Management of Post-Operative Craniotomy Patients
    Post-Operative Management of Cerebrovascular Patients
    Preparation for Brain Death Testing
    Nutrition in the NeuroICU
    Hypernatremia in the NeuroICU
    Hyponatremia in the NeuroICU
    Pressors and Inotropes Commonly Used in the NeuroICU Seizure Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU
    Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU
    Part Five: Important References
    Brainstem Anatomy NeuroICU Intravenous Fluid Compositions
    Anti-Epileptic Drug Chart, For Use in Adults
    Drug-Drug Interactions Common in Neuro Patients
    Myasthenia Gravis: Medications to Avoid
    Parkinsons Disease: Medications to Avoid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Denson G. Fujikawa, editor.
    Summary: This book is the result of a convergence of scientific information regarding mechanisms that produce acute nerve cell death in the brain. Although seemingly disparate, stroke, brain and spinal cord trauma, coma from a low serum glucose concentration (hypoglycemia), and prolonged epileptic seizures have in common the inciting factor of excitotoxicity, the activation of a specific subtype of glutamate receptor by an elevated extracellular glutamate concentration that results in an excessive influx of calcium into nerve cells. The high calcium concentration in nerve cells activates several enzymes that are responsible for degradation of cytoplasmic proteins and cleavage of nuclear DNA, resulting in nerve cell death. The high calcium concentration also interferes with mitochondrial respiration, with the resultant production of free radicals that damage cellular membranes and nuclear DNA. Understanding the biochemical pathways that produce nerve cell death is the first step toward devising an effective neuroprotective strategy, the ultimate goal.

    Contents:
    General considerations
    Traumatic brain injury
    Focal cerebral ischemia
    Transient global cerebral ischemia
    Hypoglycemic neuronal injury
    Seizure-induced neuronal death.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Sejersen, Ching H. Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides recommendations for evaluation and therapy in the area of acute pediatric neurology; these are presented didactically with frequent use of illustrations and algorithms. Chapters in the first part of the book discuss presenting symptoms of acute neurological conditions. The second part of the book covers major areas of acute pediatric neurology and each of these chapters has three key elements: description of presenting symptoms; recommended assessments; and recommended interventions. Acute Pediatric Neurology provides an accessible, clinically focused guide to assist physicians in the emergency ward or intensive care unit in decisions on diagnosis and therapeutic interventions in all major acute pediatric neurological diseases.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Acute Neurological Symptoms
    Unconsciousness, Coma, and Death by Neurological Criteria
    Seizures
    Acute Headache
    Acute Disturbance of Motor Function
    Acute Disturbance of Vision
    Dizziness and Vertigo
    Acute Changes of Behavior and Memory
    Part 2: Management of Acute Neurological Conditions
    Ischemic and Hypoxic Insults: Near Drowning, Asphyxia, Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
    Neurometabolic Crisis
    Approach to childhood-onset Muscle Cramps, Exercise Intolerance and Recurrent Myoglobinuria
    Management of Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    Management of Increased Intracranial Pressure
    Management of Migraine and Other Headaches
    Central Nervous System Infections (bacteria and parasites)
    Management of Acute Neuromuscular Disorders
    Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases
    Viral Infections, Autoimmune and Demyelinating Conditions of the Central Nervous System
    Spasticity, Dystonia, and Other Movement Disorders: A Comprehensive Treatment Guide
    Acute Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Oussama Abla, Francesco Lo Coco, Miguel A. Sanz, editors.
    Contents:
    History of APL
    Molecular Targets of Treatment in APL
    The Leukemic Stem Cell
    The Molecular Genetics of APL
    APL Coagulopathy
    Early Death in APL
    Prognostic Factors in APL
    First-line therapy for APL: Chemotherapy-based approach
    First-line Therapy: ATRA-ATO/Reduced Chemotherapy Approach
    Cure of APL without Chemotherapy
    Minimal Residual Disease in APL
    Treatment of refractory and relapsed APL
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in APL
    APL in Children
    Management of APL in the Elderly
    Special Situations in APL
    APL in Developing Countries: A Chemotherapy-Based Approach
    APL in Developing Countries: ATO based Approach
    Therapy-Related APL
    Rare Acute Leukemia Variants involving Retinoic Acid Receptor Genes
    Management of Treatment-Related Complications in APL.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Davide Chiumello, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all clinical aspects of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), from definition to treatment, focusing on the more recent recommendations and evidence-based medicine. The addressed topics are the various ventilation strategies, the impact of prone positioning, the use of partial and total extracorporeal support, the value of vasodilators, the weaning from mechanical ventilation, the pharmacological interventions, noninvasive ventilation, and the strategies using anti-inflammatory agents and stem cells. Furthermore, different related topics are also discussed, such as lung imaging, sedation, metabolic support, and hemodynamic instability. A concluding chapter specifically addresses ARDS in children. This up-to-date volume, written by experts in the field, will be of value for all health care practitioners seeking state of the art on the management of patients with this complex syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Sadatomo Tasaka, editor.
    Summary: Divided into thirteen chapters, this book provides a wealth of research-oriented findings and practical guidance, ranging from the definition, epidemiology and pathophysiology, to the diagnosis and management of the disease. Although acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) is defined by the acute onset of noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, hypoxemia and the need for mechanical ventilation, it is a heterogeneous disease entity, which makes it difficult to develop specific therapies. Treatment tends to focus on lung-protective ventilation, and no specific pharmacotherapies have been identified. All chapters were written by respected experts in the field, and summarize the latest trends, share recent research findings, and outline future prospects. Specific chapters are devoted to novel, promising diagnostic approaches, such as microRNA, which may improve our ability to identify early ARDS or at-risk patients. In addition, a dedicated chapter explores cell-based therapies and regenerative medicine, which offer potential therapeutic options. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome - Advances in Diagnostic Tools and Disease Management offers a valuable reference guide not only for young physicians and trainees, but also for experienced or teaching physicians, medical educators, and basic researchers. Readers will find the latest information on ARDS and come to understand the current challenges, encouraging them to further advance the diagnosis, treatment and clinical research on this disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Scott Dougherty, Jonathan Carapetis, Liesl Zühlke, Nigel Wilson.
    Summary: Acute Rheumatic Fever and Rheumatic Heart Disease is a concise, yet comprehensive, clinical resource highlighting must-know information on rheumatic heart disease and acute rheumatic fever from a global perspective. Covering the major issues dominating the field, this practical resource presents sufficient detail for a deep and thorough understanding of the latest treatment options, potential complications, and disease management strategies to improve patient outcomes. Divided into four distinct sections for ease of navigation: Acute Rheumatic Fever, Rheumatic Heart Disease, Population-Based Strategies for Disease Control, and Acute and Emergency Presentations. International editors and chapter authors ensure a truly global perspective. Covers all clinical aspects, including epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical features, diagnosis, management, and treatment. Includes key topics on population-based measures for disease control for effective primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention. Consolidates today's available information and guidance into a single, convenient resource.

    Contents:
    Burden, cost, and epidemiology of acute rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease
    Pathogenesis of acute rheumatic fever
    Clinical evaluation and diagnosis of acute rheumatic fever
    Management of acute rheumatic fever
    Clinical evaluation and diagnosis of rheumatic heart disease
    Medical management of rheumatic heart disease
    Catheter-based investigation and treatment of rheumatic heart disease
    Surgical management of rheumatic heart disease
    Rheumatic heart disease in pregnancy
    Primordial and primary prevention prevention of ARF and RHD
    Secondary prevention of ARF and RHD
    Control programmes, registries, and access to care
    Rheumatic heart disease screening
    Group A streptococcal vaccine
    Advocacy and education
    Acute complications and Emergencies of ARF and RHD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Ainaz Sourati, Ahmad Ameri, Mona Malekzadeh.
    Summary: This book provides clear guidance on how to manage a wide range of side effects frequently encountered when treating patients with radiation therapy. For each potential side effect, incidence, mechanism, symptoms, and grading are carefully described. All aspects of management are addressed, drawing on the latest available evidence and highlighting key details of importance in clinical routine. The introduction of new radiation therapy techniques such as 3D conformal radiation therapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, and image-guided radiation therapy has reduced normal tissue doses and, accordingly, treatment complications. Nevertheless, a significant percentage of patients still experience acute side effects, in part because the threshold doses for these toxicities are typically lower than those for late effects. Acute toxicities may lead to interruption of treatment and be associated with an increase in late damage. A swift and effective response is therefore essential. This book will enable the reader to provide effective care for each side effect, thereby improving patient compliance with treatment and treatment outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    M. Carter Denny, Ahmad Riad Ramadan, Sean I. Savitz, James C. Grotta.
    Summary: You have just encountered a possible stroke patient. You ask yourself: what should I do first? How do I know it is a stroke? Is it too late to reverse the damage? This book provides integral assistance in answering these critical questions. All content is arranged in chronological order, covering all considerations in assessing and treating patients in the emergency room, stroke unit, and rehabilitation facilities. This new edition offers readers the latest information on stroke treatment, and features brand new chapters on stroke radiology, endovascular therapy, the uncommon causes of stroke, cerebral venous thrombosis, stroke prevention, and the transition to outpatient care. The comprehensive set of appendices contains useful reference information, including dosage algorithms, conversion factors, and stroke scales.

    Contents:
    Stroke in the emergency department
    What to do first
    Ischemic stroke
    Stroke radiology
    Intravenous thrombolysis
    Endovascular therapy (ET)
    Neurological deterioration in acute ischemic stroke
    Ischemic stroke etiology and secondary prevention
    Transient ischemic attack (TIA)
    Less common causes of stroke
    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Intracerebral hemorrhage (ICH)
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH)
    Organization of stroke care
    Stroke rehabilitation
    Transition to outpatient stroke care.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Edgar A. Samaniego, David Hasan, editors.
    Summary: This book contains a compilation of the revolution of mechanical thrombectomy (MT) in the treatment of strokes. The initial chapters summarize information about the best medical management of acute ischemic stroke, imaging modalities and patient selection for MT. The book then focuses on the nuances of MT, providing detailed information about the best approaches for anesthesia during MT, access, intra-arterial thrombolysis, recent devices and catheters and technical pitfalls of MT. A specific chapter is dedicated to MT in the venous system. This is followed by a chapter about the most common complications of MT and post-procedural care of these patients. The last chapter covers different aspects of acute stroke care and MT in the developing world. The authors of this book comprise of a multidisciplinary group of world experts in the field and were encouraged to include teaching cases to deliver a book with a practical approach. Acute Stroke Management in the Era of Thrombectomy is intended for all healthcare providers who care for patients with stroke; with special emphasis for the proceduralists who are interested in technical tips to improve outcomes and minimize complications.

    Contents:
    Best Medical Management for Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Imaging of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Indications for Mechanical Thrombectomy
    Anesthesia During Endovascular Treatment of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Arterial Access and Intermediate Catheters: Procedural and Technical Considerations
    Intra-arterial Thrombolytics for Treatment of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Mechanical Thrombectomy: Emerging Devices and Technologies
    Mechanical Thrombectomy: Techniques and Hybrid Approaches for Recanalization
    Acute Stenting During Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Tandem Occlusion Causing Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Mechanical Thrombectomy in Distal Vessels: M2s and Beyond
    Thrombectomy of the Posterior Circulation: Tips and Tricks
    Thrombectomy in the Venous System: Approaches and Techniques
    Complications During Mechanical Thrombectomy: Pitfalls and Bailouts
    Post-operative Care After Mechanical Thrombectomy
    Stroke-Care and Mechanical Thrombectomy in Developing Countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Constantine P. Spanos.
    Summary: This book aims to familiarize readers with the most common acute surgery topics encountered in clinical practice and is unique in its use of infographics. It will be used in clinical rotations in surgery as a supplement to the knowledge gained, and will also provide instructors with a complementary tool, offering a wide-ranging guide to general aspects of acute surgery, with some hints on gynecologic and urologic emergencies. The book is intended to provide medical students and junior residents in medicine or surgery with a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the most relevant operative techniques.

    Contents:
    Preoperative Labs And Tests
    Preoperative Cardiac Evaluation
    Preoperative Pulmonary Evaluation
    The Abc's of Medical Imaging
    Appendicitis
    Acute Cholecystopathy
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Acute Diverticulitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction (Lbo)
    Clostridioides Difficile Colitis
    Upper Gastroitestinal Bleeding
    Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Variceal Bleeding
    Caustic Ingestion
    Neutropenic Enterocolitis
    Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Aortic Dissection
    Peripheral Arterial Embolism
    Hypercoagulability
    Bleeding Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Olivier Rabin, Yannis Pitsiladis.
    Contents:
    Brief introduction to the history of anti-doping / Ljungqvist, A.
    The development of the world anti-doping code / Young, R.
    Is the fight against doping in sport a legal minefield like any other? / Haas, U.
    How will the legal and sport environment influence a future code? / Niggli, O.
    Structure and development of the list of prohibited substances and methods / Kinahan, A.; Budgett, R.; Mazzoni, I.
    Therapeutic use exemptions / Gerrard, D.; Pipe, A.
    Challenges in modern anti-doping analytical science / Ayotte, C.; Miller, J.; Thevis, M.
    Achievements and challenges in anti-doping research / Bowers, L.D.; Bigard, X.
    Gene and cell doping : the new frontier : beyond myth or reality / Neuberger, E.W.I.; Simon, P.
    The athlete biological passport : how to personalize anti-doping testing across an athlete's career? / Robinson, N.; Sottas, P.-E.; Schumacher, Y.O.
    Next generation "omic" approaches in the "fight" against blood doping / Wang, G.; Karanikolou, A. ; Verdouka, I.; Friedmann, T.; Pitsiladis, Y.
    Integration of the forensic dimension into anti-doping strategies / Marclay, F.; Saugy, M.
    How to develop intelligence gathering in efficient and practical anti-doping activities / Holz, M; Robertson, J.
    Education in anti-doping: the art of self-imposed constraints / Loland, S.
    Can we better integrate the role of anti-doping in sports and society? : a psychological approach to contemporary value-based prevention / Petróczi, A. ; Norman, P.; Brueckner, S.
    Sport, society, and anti-doping policy : an ethical overview / Bloodworth, A.J.; McNamee, M.
    A moral foundation for anti-doping : how far have we progressed? where are the limits? / Murray, T.H.
    Conclusion and perspectives / Howman, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Janis Kent.
    Contents:
    Accessible Routes
    Site Elements
    Vertical Access
    Architectural Elements
    Restrooms & Bathing Facilities
    Other Elements
    A Word or Two on Existing Projects
    Innovative Ideas on Access World-Wide.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Luigi O. Massa, J. Anthony von Fraunhofer.
    Summary: "This clinically oriented book gives dental practitioners and students a hands-on guide to incorporating dental implants into their practices. Taking a clear and concise approach to the subject, the book offers basic information on all aspects of dental implants. Topics covered encompass the pros and cons of implants, patient factors, clinical considerations to success and failure, and implant restoration. Photographs, radiographs, and illustrations support the text, demonstrating the concepts discussed. The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants starts with a brief history of the subject then examines the clinical and economic considerations for implants. Patient factors, including systemic, oral, and periodontal health, diet, age, gender, and more are discussed. The book also looks at the experience of the clinician, followed by clinical considerations such as case planning, implant design, surgical techniques, antibiotics, and more. The last chapters cover post-surgical follow-up and the many factors that lead to a successful outcome. The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants is a useful introduction and guide to dental implants for any practitioner interested in incorporating implants into clinical practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why dental implants
    A brief history of dental implants
    Design of Implants
    Patient factors
    Patient consults
    Treatment planning and Evaluating implant sites
    Implant scenarios
    Implant surgery: simple healed sites
    Bone grafting
    Guided surgery
    Immediate implant placement: complicated immediate sites
    Full arch cases
    Screw-retention vs. Cement-retention of restorations
    Restoring dental implants
    Dental implant failures
    Economics of dental implants
    Maintaining dental implants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Michael A. Kahn, J. Michael Hall.
    Contents:
    The extraoral and intraoral soft tissue head and neck screening examination
    Soft tissue head and neck pathology description and documentation
    Common oral soft tissue lesions
    Differential diagnosis of common oral soft tissue lesions
    Guidelines for observation and/or referral of patients lesions
    The art and science of biopsy and cytology
    Sample patient histories and discussion.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Approach to the patient with neurologic disease
    Ch. 2. Imaging, electrophysiologic, and laboratory techniques for neurologic diagnosis
    Ch. 3. Motor paralysis
    Ch. 5. Ataxia and disorders of cerebellar function
    Ch. 6. Tremor, myoclonus, focal dystonias, and tics
    Ch. 7. Disorders of stance and gait
    Ch. 10. Headache and other craniofacial pains
    Ch. 11. Pain i n the back, neck, and extreities
    Ch. 12. Disorders of smell and taste
    Ch. 13. Disturbances of vision
    Ch. 14. Disorders of ocular movement and pupillary function
    Ch. 15. Deafness, dizziness, and disorders of equilibrium
    Ch. 16. Epilepsy and other seizure disorders
    Ch. 17. Coma and related disorders of consciousness
    Ch. 18. Faintness and syncope
    Ch. 19. Sleep and its abnormalities
    Ch. 20. Delirium and other acute confusional states.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein, Sashank Prasad.
    Summary: "The definitive text on the full spectrum of neurology presented in full color and better than ever! Long considered the field's gold-standard text, Adams and Victor's Principles of Neurology provides the very latest treatment and management strategies needed to confidently handle both common and rare neurologic conditions. Presented in full color, this classic resource meets the needs of the seasoned professional or the aspiring clinician, and has been hailed as the most detailed, thorough, and authoritative text on the subject. Reviewers have favorably compared the book's consistent, single voice to consulting with an experienced senior colleague. The latest scientific research is included in just the right amount of detail to serve as a clinical reference or a starting point for additional learning. The text is logically divided into six sections: The Clinical Method of Neurology; Cardinal Manifestations of Neurologic Disease; Growth and Development of the Nervous System in the Neurology of Aging; Major Categories of Neurologic Diseases; Diseases of the Spinal Cord, Peripheral Nerve, and Muscle; Psychiatric Disorders"-- Provided by publisher. "The wise application of science, evidence from trials, and the traditional virtues of the neurological history and examination are the main purpose of this edition of Principles of Neurology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART 1: THE CLINICAL METHOD OF NEUROLOGY
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Patient With Neurologic Disease
    Chapter 2: Diagnostic Testing in Neurologic Disease
    PART 2: CARDINAL MANIFESTATIONS OF NEUROLOGIC DISEASE
    Part 2: Cardinal Manifestations of Neurologic Disease: Introduction
    Section 1: Disorders of Motility
    Section 1: Disorders of Motility: Introduction
    Chapter 3: Paralysis and Weakness
    Chapter 4: Disorders of Movement and Posture
    Chapter 5: Ataxia and Disorders of Cerebellar Function
    Chapter 6: Disorders of Stance and Gait
    Section 2: Pain and Disorders of Somatic Sensation
    Section 2: Pain and Disorders of Somatic Sensation: Introduction
    Chapter 7: Pain
    Chapter 8: Disorders of Non-Painful Somatic Sensation
    Chapter 9: Headache and Other Craniofacial Pains
    Chapter 10: Pain in the Back, Neck, and Extremities
    Section 3: Disorders of the Special Senses
    Section 3: Disorders of the Special Senses: Introduction
    Chapter 11: Disorders of Smell and Taste
    Chapter 12: Disturbances of Vision
    Chapter 13: Disorders of Ocular Movement and Pupillary Function
    Chapter 14: Deafness, Dizziness, and Disorders of Equilibrium
    Section 4: Epilepsy and Disorders of Consciousness
    Chapter 15: Epilepsy and Other Seizure Disorders
    Chapter 16: Coma and Related Disorders of Consciousness
    Chapter 17: Faintness and Syncope
    Chapter 18: Sleep and Its Abnormalities
    Section 5: Derangements of Intellect, Behavior, and Language Caused by Diffuse and Focal Cerebral Disease
    Section 5: Derangements of Intellect, Behavior, and Language Caused by Diffuse and Focal Cerebral Disease: Introduction
    Chapter 19: Delirium and Other Acute Confusional States
    Chapter 20: Dementia, the Amnesic Syndrome, and the Neurology of Intelligence and Memory
    Chapter 21: Neurologic Disorders Caused by Lesions in Specific Parts of the Cerebrum
    Chapter 22: Disorders of Speech and Language
    Section 6: Disorders of Energy, Mood, and Autonomic and Endocrine Functions
    Chapter 23: Fatigue, Asthenia, Anxiety, and Depression
    Chapter 24: The Limbic Lobes and the Neurology of Emotion
    Chapter 25: Disorders of the Autonomic Nervous System, Respiration, and Swallowing
    Chapter 26: The Hypothalamus and Neuroendocrine Disorders
    PART 3: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AND THE NEUROLOGY OF AGING
    Chapter 27: Normal Development and Deviations in Development of the Nervous System
    Chapter 28: The Neurology of Aging
    PART 4: MAJOR CATEGORIES OF NEUROLOGIC DISEASE
    Chapter 29: Disturbances of Cerebrospinal Fluid, Including Hydrocephalus, Pseudotumor Cerebri, and Low-Pressure Syndromes
    Chapter 30: Intracranial Neoplasms and Paraneoplastic Disorders
    Chapter 31: Bacterial, Fungal, Spirochetal, and Parasitic Infections of the Nervous System
    Chapter 32: Viral Infections of the Nervous System and Prion Diseases
    Chapter 33: Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases
    Chapter 34: Craniocerebral Trauma
    Chapter 35: Multiple Sclerosis and Other Inflammatory Demyelinating Diseases
    Chapter 36: Inherited Metabolic Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 37: Developmental Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 38: Degenerative Diseases of the Nervous System
    Chapter 39: The Acquired Metabolic Disorders of the Nervous System
    Chapter 40: Diseases of the Nervous System Caused by Nutritional Deficiency
    Chapter 41: Disorders of the Nervous System Caused by Alcohol, Drugs, Toxins, and Chemical Agents
    PART 5: DISEASES OF SPINAL CORD, PERIPHERAL NERVE, AND MUSCLE
    Chapter 42: Diseases of the Spinal Cord
    Chapter 43: Diseases of the Peripheral Nerves
    Chapter 44: Diseases of the Cranial Nerves
    Chapter 45: Diseases of Muscle
    Chapter 46: Disorders of the Neuromuscular Junction, Myotonias, and Persistent Muscle Fiber Activity
    PART 6: PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS
    Chapter 47: Anxiety Disorders, Hysteria, and Personality Disorders
    Chapter 48: Depression and Bipolar Disease
    Chapter 49: Schizophrenia, Delusional, and Paranoid States.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
  • Digital
    Allan H. Ropper, Martin A. Samuels, Joshua P. Klein, Sashank Prasad.
    Summary: "Adams and Victor’s Principles of Neurology provides up to date treatment and management strategies needed to confidently handle both common and rare neurologic conditions. Presented in full color, this enduring resource meets the needs of today’s aspiring clinician or seasoned professional, and has been hailed as the most detailed, thorough, and authoritative text on the subject"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The clinical method of neurology. Approach to the patient with neurologic disease
    Diagnostic testing in neurologic disease
    Part 2: Cardinal manifestations of neurologic disease. Section 1: Disorders of motility. Paralysis and weakness
    Disorders of movement and posture
    Ataxia and disorders of cerebellar function
    Disorders of stance and gait
    Section 2: Pain and disorders of somatic sensation. Pain
    Disorders of non-painful somatic sensation
    Headache and other craniofacial pains
    Pain in the back, neck, and extremities
    Section 3: Disorders of the special senses. Disorders of smell and taste
    Disturbances of vision
    Disorders of ocular movement and pupillary function
    Deafness, dizziness, and disorders of equilibrium
    Section 4: Epilepsy and disorders of consciousness. Epilepsy and other seizure disorders
    Coma and related disorders of consciousness
    Faintness and syncope
    Sleep and its abnormalities
    Section 5: Derangements of intellect, behavior, and language caused by diffuse and focal cerebral disease. Acute confusional states
    Dementia, the amnesic syndrome, and the neurology of intelligence and memory
    Neurologic disorders caused by lesions in specific parts of the cerebrum
    Disorders of speech and language
    Section 6: Disorders of energy, mood, and autonomic and endocrine functions. Fatigue, asthenia, anxiety, and depression
    The limbic lobes and the neurology of emotion
    Disorders of the autonomic nervous system, respiration, and swallowing
    The hypothalamus and neuroendocrine disorders
    Part 3: Growth and development of the nervous system and the neurology of aging. Normal development and deviations in development of the nervous system
    The neurology of aging
    Part 4: Major categories of neurologic disease. Disturbances of cerebrospinal fluid, including hydrocephalus, pseudotumor cerebri, and low-pressure syndromes
    Intracranial neoplasms and paraneoplastic disorders
    Bacterial, fungal, spirochetal, and parasitic infections of the nervous system
    Viral infections of the nervous system and prion diseases
    Stroke and cerebrovascular diseases
    Craniocerebral trauma
    Multiple sclerosis and other neuroimmunologic disorders
    Inherited metabolic diseases of the nervous system
    Developmental diseases of the nervous system
    Degenerative diseases of the nervous system
    The acquired metabolic disorders of the nervous system
    Diseases of the nervous system caused by nutritional deficiency
    Disorders of the nervous system caused by alcohol, drugs, toxins, and chemical agents
    Part 5: Diseases of spinal cord, peripheral nerve, and muscle. Diseases of the spinal cord
    Diseases of the peripheral nerves
    Diseases of the cranial nerves
    Diseases of muscle
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction, myotonias, and disorders of persistent muscle fiber activity
    Part 6: Psychiatric disorders. Anxiety, "functional" and personality disorders
    Depression and bipolar disorder
    Psychosis, schizophrenia, delusional, and paranoid states.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Toshichika Iizumi, Ryuichi Hirata, Ryo Matsuda, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights state-of-the-art research and practices for adaptation to climate change in food production systems (agriculture in particular) as observed in Japan and neighboring Asian countries. The main topics covered include the current scientific understanding of observed and projected climate change impacts on crop production and quality, modeling of autonomous and planned adaptation, and development of early warning and/or support systems for climate-related decision-making. Drawing on concrete real-world examples, the book provides readers with an essential overview of adaptation, from research to system development to practices, taking agriculture in Asia as the example. As such, it offers a valuable asset for all researchers and policymakers whose work involves adaptation planning, climate negotiations, and/or agricultural developments.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. An overview of adaptation in agriculture
    Part II. Research towards adaptation
    Chapter 2. The quality of rice grains in Japan
    Chapter 3. Breeding of heat tolerant cultivars of rice in Japan
    Chapter 4. Controlling the depth of soil frost in farm fields in Japan
    Chapter 5. Rice production in Indonesia
    Chapter 6. Tomato greenhouse horticulture
    Chapter 7. Global crop forecasting research
    Chapter 8. China
    Part III. Adaptation practices
    Chapter 9. Agricultural adaptation policy in Japan
    Chapter 10. Information platform for local governments in Japan
    Chapter 11. Supporting tools for national adaptation planning
    Chapter 12. Use of seasonal climate forecasts in agricultural decision makings in Korea and the Philippines
    Chapter 13. Decision support systems for rainfed rice farming in Asia
    Part IV. Potential ways moving forward
    Chapter 14. Farmers roles in adaptation research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Office of Small Business Development.
    Digital Access Google Books 1981-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    KFC912.B8 C151
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Petros Levounis, M.D., M.A., Abigail J. Herron., D.O.
    Summary: The Addiction Casebook consists of 13 clinical cases that exemplify DSM-5 addiction diagnoses commonly encountered in clinical practice. Written in an engaging, easy-to-understand manner, the book complements substance abuse textbooks by providing hands-on experience with real-life situations and updated information relating to DSM-5® diagnoses.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; Contributors; Preface; Part I. Introduction; 1 DSM-5 Criteria for Substance Use Disorders: Recommendations and Rationale; Part II. Substance-Related Disorders; 2 Alcohol: Conundrums of Co-occurring Disorders; 3 Caffeine: The Ins and Outs of Caffeine; 4 Cannabis: A Natural Dilemma; 5 Hallucinogens: The Mind Field of Oswald: A Case of Hallucinogen Intoxication; 6 Inhalants: Just say N[sub(2)]O!; 7 Opioids: Finding the Off Switch; 8 Sedatives, Hypnotics, or Anxiolytics: Sleepless Nights and the Magic Pills. 9 Stimulants: Sex, Drugs, and Techno: Gay Men and Crystal Methamphetamine10 Tobacco: From Social Norm to Modern Day Faux Pas; 11 Other (or Unknown) Substances: The Brave New World of Bath Salts and Other Synthetic Drugs; Part III. Non-Substance-Related Disorder; 12 Gambling: The Woman Who Became Tired of Trying to Predict the Future; Part IV. Condition for Further Study; 13 Internet: Why Are Drug Addicts and People Who Use the Internet Both Called "Users?"; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; R; S; T; U; V; W; X; Z.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria A. Sullivan and Frances R. Levin.
    Summary: An evidence-based review of diagnostic and treatment strategies for successfully managing alcohol and substance use disorders in older adults. With contributions from leaders in the field of addiction treatment, this volume offers the most current clinical recommendations and describes best practices for implementing effective treatments in this growing patient population.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Maria Sullivan, Frances R. Levin
    Recognizing addiction in older patients / Anna Levesque, Edward Nunes
    Brief interventions for substance use disorder in older adults / Roland C. Merchant, Francesca L. Beaudoin
    Alcohol and older adults / Anna Terajewicz LaRose, John Renner
    Abuse of opioids and prescription medications / Isis Burgos-Chapman, Louis Trevisan, Kevin Sevarino
    Cannabis, nicotine, and stimulant abuse in older adults / Isis Burgos-Chapman, Louis Trevisan, Kevin Sevarino
    Benzodiazepines and other sedative-hypnotics in the older adult / Arthur Robin Williams, Olivera J. Bogunovic
    Assessment of the older patient / Arthur Robin Williams, Olivera J. Bogunovic
    Sex differences in late-life substance use disorders / Elizabeth Evans, Maria Sullivan
    Treatment options for older adults with substance use disorders / Stacy A. Cohen, Margaret M. Haglund, Larissa J. Mooney
    Technology-based interventions for late-life addiction Ersa Alagoz, Kim Johnson, Andrew Quanbeck, David Gustafson Jr.
    Conclusion / Maria Sullivan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by John B. Saunders, Katherine M. Conigrave, Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, E. Jane Marshall, Walter Ling, Susumu Higuchi.
    Contents:
    1. The nature of addictive disorders / John B. Saunders
    2. Epidemiology and prevention / Peter Anderson, Katherine M. Conigrave, Louisa Degenhardt, Wayne Hall, and Tim Stockwell
    3. Pharmacology and pathophysiology / Kazutaka Ikeda, Daisuke Nishizawa, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    4. The scope of intervention / Sawitri Assanangkornchai and John B. Saunders
    5. Establishing the diagnosis / Glenys Dore, Noeline C. Latt, and John B. Saunders
    6. Acute care / Glenys Dore, Noeline C. Latt, E. Jane Marshall, John B. Saunders, and Peter Thompson
    7. Ongoing management of substance use disorders / Stephen Jurd and John B. Saunders
    8. Tobacco / Renee Bittoun, Katherine M. Conigrave, Hisatsugu Miyata, and Nicholas Zwar
    9. Alcohol / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Colin Drummond, Noeline C. Latt, E. Jane Marshall, David J. Nutt, Richard Saitz, and John B. Saunders
    10. Cannabis / H. Valerie Curran, Margaret Haney, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    11. Opioids / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, John B. Saunders, Andrew J. Saxon, and George Woody
    12. Pain and opioids / James Bell
    13. Benzodiazepines and the other sedative-hypnotics / Noeline C. Latt, David J. Nutt, and John B. Saunders
    14. Psychostimulants / Glenys Dore, Walter Ling, and David J. Nutt
    15. Hallucinogens and dissociative drugs / David J. Nutt and Adam R. Winstock
    16. Other drugs / Jenny Bearn, Jonathan Brett, Adam Brodie, Katherine M. Conigrave, Shivani Khan, Janie Sheridan, Iain Smith, Catherine Woodstock Striley, David Taylor, and Adam R. Winstock
    17. Polysubstance use / Jason P. Connor and Gerald F. X. Feeney
    18. Injecting drug use / Robert Batey, Katherine M. Conigrave, Paul Haber, and John Strang
    19. Gambling / Henrietta Bowden-Jones, Sanju George, Yasunobu Komoto, David J. Nutt, <i>and Taku Sato</i>
    20. Gaming / Hideki Nakayama and Hiroshi Sakuma
    21. Other addictive disorders / Takayuki Harada, Susumu Higuchi, Satoko Mihara, and John B. Saunders
    22. Psychiatric comorbidity / Glenys Dore, Anne Lingford-Hughes, and John B. Saunders
    23. Specific clinical situations / Noeline C. Latt, John B. Saunders, and Sue Wilson
    24. Special populations / Sawitri Assanangkornchai, Tatiana Balachova, Yvonne Bonomo, Katherine M. Conigrave, Ilana B. Crome, Glenys Dore, Bradley Freeburn, Marianne Jauncey, Michael Levy, Corinne Lim, Ross McCormick, and Kim Wolff
    25. Substance use and specific health care settings / Jonathan Brett, Tim Neumann, Richard Saitz, John B. Saunders, Claudia Spies, and Pierluigi Struzzo
    26. Legal and ethical issues / Katherine M. Conigrave, Glenys Dore, Emily Finch, Ralph Hingson, Noeline C. Latt, Sally Porter, and John B. Saunders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jonathan D. Avery, David Hankins, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an accessible, up-to-date understanding of how to treat patients with substance and non-substance-related addiction. It covers all the typical substance and non-substance use disorders and presents evidence in a case-based format. Concise and comprehensive, opening chapters relay a preliminary assessment of addiction disorders and their neurobiology. Subsequent chapters then offer specific treatment options, challenges, and cases relating to the abuse of distinct substances. The substances mentioned earlier include alcohol, opioids, stimulants, hallucinogens, and sedatives. Additionally, one chapter covers the unique issues associated with treating behavioral addictions, such as sex and gambling. Each chapter will outline cases in a fashion that will optimize the reader's experience. In closing, the book examines co-occurring substance use disorders and mental illness. An invaluable addition to the Psychiatry Update Series, Addiction Medicine is an essential reference for mental health clinicians, as well as primary care and family medicine clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Assessment of Substance Use Disorders
    2. Neurobiology of Substance Use Disorders
    3. Alcohol Use Disorder
    4. Cannabis Use Disorder
    5. Hallucinogen-Related Disorders
    6. Inhalant Use Disorders
    7. Opioid Use Disorder: A Case-Based Approach
    8. Sedative, Hypnotic, or Anxiolytic-related Disorders
    9. Stimulant-Related Disorders
    10 . Nicotine Dependence and Tobacco Use Disorder Treatment
    11. Behavioral Addictions
    12. Co-Occurring Substance Use Disorders and Mental Illness.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bankole A. Johnson, editor.
    Summary: "Integrating scientific knowledge with today’s most effective treatment options, Addiction Medicine: Science and Practice, 2nd Edition, provides a wealth of information on addictions to substances and behavioral addictions. It discusses the concrete research on how the brain and body are affected by addictions, improving your understanding of how patients develop addictions and how best to personalize treatment and improve outcomes. This essential text is ideal for anyone who deals with patients with addictions in clinical practice, including psychiatrists, health psychologists, pharmacologists, social workers, drug counselors, trainees, and general physicians/family practitioners"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Emerging health perspectives
    The epidemiology of alcohol and drug disorders
    United States federal drug policy
    Historical perspectives of addiction
    Diagnosis and classification of substance use disorders
    Drug reinforcement in animals
    Role of human laboratory studies in the development of medications for alcohol and substance use disorders
    Conditioning of addiction
    Overlapping striatal circuits and molecular mechanisms in rodent models of addiction and depression
    The role of endocannabinoids in amphetamine-driven actions in dopamine neurons :implications for understanding and treating dysfunction in the mesolimbic circuit
    Pain and negative affect
    Genetic vulnerability to substance use disorders
    The assessment and treatment of addiction :best practices in a direct-to-consumer age
    Metabolomics in drug response and addiction
    Neuroimaging findings in substance use disorders
    Neurobiological basis of drug reward and reinforcement
    Neurobehavioral toxicology of substances of abuse
    Animal models of substance use disorders :motivational perspective
    Novel methodologies :proteomic approaches in substance abuse research
    Neuroinflammatory processes in drug addiction
    Alcohol :clinical aspects
    Cocaine
    Nicotine
    Cannabis :an overview of the empirical literature
    Opiates and prescription drugs
    Clinical aspects of methamphetamine
    Sedative-hypnotics and anxiolytics
    Clinical aspects of inhalant addiction
    Anabolic-androgenic steroids
    Caffeine
    Serotonergic hallucinogens
    Ketamine and phencyclidine
    The biology and treatment of gambling disorder
    Implications of food addiction for understanding and treating binge eating disorder
    Compulsive buying
    Sexual behavior as an addictive or compulsive phenomenon
    New era of internet addiction research in china
    Hoarding as a behavioral addiction
    Motivational interviewing :emerging theory, research, and practice
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for addiction
    Community reinforcement approach and contingency management therapies
    Relapse prevention and recycling in addiction
    Brief and e-health interventions for the treatment of alcohol or other drug addiction
    Self-help approaches for addictions
    Community clinics
    Unhealthy alcohol and other drug use in primary care
    Criminal justice system and addiction treatment
    Adolescent neurocognitive development and school-based drug abuse prevention and treatment
    The therapeutic community for drug abuse treatment :a journey yet unfolding in the recovery movement
    Substance use-focused mutual-help groups :processes and outcomes
    Pharmacotherapy for alcoholism and some related psychiatric and addictive disorders :scientific basis and clinical findings
    Alcohol withdrawal :treatment and application
    Pharmacotherapy of cocaine addiction
    Opioid overdose
    Methamphetamine
    Potential pharmacotherapies for cannabis dependence
    Hallucinogens
    Molecular genetics and the treatment of addiction
    Physical considerations for treatment complications of alcohol and drug use and misuse
    Quadruple diagnosis :substance use disorder, comorbid psychopathology, human immunodeficiency virus infection, and hepatitis c virus infection
    Substance use stigma as a barrier to treatment and recovery
    Religiousness, spirituality, and addiction :an evidence-based review
    In silico models of alcohol kinetics :a deterministic approach
    In silico models of alcohol dependence treatment :a stochastic approach
    Dynamic and systems-based models for evaluating hypotheses related to predicting treatment response
    Enhancing positive outcomes for children of substance-abusing parents
    Alcohol and substance abuse in African Americans
    Substance use disorders in health care professionals
    Identification and treatment of alcohol or drug dependence in the elderly
    Alcohol and drugs of abuse in pregnant women :effects on the fetus and newborn, mode of action, and maternal treatment
    Forensic issues
    Disability and addiction
    The homeless
    Opening new vistas in basic and preclinical addiction research
    National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA):medications to treat opioid use disorder
    TIP medications for opioid use disorder
    The ASAM National practice guideline for the use of medications in the treatment of addiction involving opioid use.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    Summary: "The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) Addressing Mental Health Concerns in Pediatrics: A Practical Resource Toolkit for Clinicians, 2nd Edition, provides comprehensive mental health guidance for professionals working with children, adolescents, and families. However, professionals also need quickly accessible tools for clinical practice: “What do I do right now, for this patient, right here at the point of care?” This second edition of the toolkit provides tools to address those needs. It has been streamlined to a more quickly accessible online format, and it includes tools that you can download for immediate use in caring for patients with some of the most common mental health needs. It was created in alignment with the AAP recommended mental health competencies for pediatric practice (Pediatrics, November 2019)." -- From the Editors.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Simone Giacopuzzi, Andrea Zanoni, Giovanni de Manzoni, editors.
    Summary: This book offers up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the diagnosis and therapy of adenocarcinoma of the esophagogastric junction (EGJ). As is appropriate in the era of multidisciplinary and multimodal treatment, the contributions of all the various specialists involved cooperatively in the treatment of EGJ cancer are thoroughly described. Detailed attention is also paid to the significance of preneoplastic lesions, such as Barrett esophagus. The final part of the book represents a surgical atlas documenting the techniques used in the EGJ region, with superb color images and stepwise description of procedures. Against the background of the rapidly increasing incidence in EGJ cancer, especially evident in Western countries, there is a need for greater uniformity in management strategies, which currently vary significantly across the world. This book provides appropriate guidance that will assist all practitioners involved in the diagnosis and treatment of EGJ cancers, including surgeons, oncologists, and radiotherapists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1 Epidemiology and risk factors
    2 Barrett's esophagus: pathogenesis and prevention
    3 Surveillance in Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    4 Ablation techniques for Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    5 Endoscopic resection for Barrett's esophagus and Dysplasia
    6 7th Edition AJCC/UICC Staging: Esophagus and Esophagogastric Junction
    7 Siewert Classification of Adenocarcinoma of the Esophagogastric Junction: still in or already out?
    8 Preoperative work- up: conventional radiology, ultrasonography, CT scan and MRI
    9 Role of PET/CT and MRI in the prediction of response to neoadjuvant treatment
    10 Molecular biology in the prediction of response to neoadjuvant treatment
    11 Pathological response to neoadjuvant treatment: more questions than answers
    12 Hospital volume and centralization in EGJ cancer
    13 Patient selection and tailored treatment principles
    14 How to treat EGJ cancer: indications and treatment strategy
    15 Chemotherapy in EGJ cancer
    16 Chemoradiation in EGJ cancer
    17 Signet ring carcinoma in EGJ: what is it?
    18 Morbi- mortality and treatment of complications
    19 Long term results in surgery alone and multimodal treatments
    20 Open or minimally invasive? Comparison of early and late results
    21 Enhanced Recovery After Surgery (ERAS and nutritional aspects
    22 Unresectable and metastatic cancer
    23 Recurrence: treatment or just palliation?
    24 Follow- up and quality of life
    25 Surgical anatomy of esophagus and esophagogastric junction
    26 Surgical technique: open procedures
    27 Surgical technique: minimally invasive procedures
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Min Xue, Jinhua Leng, Felix Wong, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide updated facts and treatments for practicing gynecologists and postgraduate doctors to enhance their understanding of pathogenesis, pathology, symptoms and diagnostic imaging technology of adenomyosis, such as to select appropriate treatments, to improve the symptoms, fertility and the quality of life of women with adenomyosis. This book also particularly introduces the new treatment for adenomyosis using the non-invasive High Intensity Focused Ultrasound ablation treatment. Hopefully, it will provide a better understanding of its operation, effectiveness, and pregnancy outcome, to formulate a more successful treatment strategy for this disease.

    Contents:
    The Incidence and Clinical Impact of Adenomyosis
    The Pathogenesis of Adenomyosis
    The Pathology of Adenomyosis
    The Clinical Features and Diagnosis of Adenomyosis
    Adenomyosis and Pain
    Adenomyosis and Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Adenomyosis and Infertility
    Ultrasound Manifestation and Classification of Adenomyosis
    MRI Manifestation and Classification of Adenomyosis
    The Medical Treatment of Adenomyosis
    The Surgical Treatment for Adenomyosis
    Uterine Artery Embolization Treatment for Adenomyosis
    Principles and Protocols of HIFU Ablation
    HIFU Ablation
    The Therapeutic Result of HIFU Ablation for Adenomyosis
    Adjuvant Therapy of HIFU Ablation for Adenomyosis.-Pregnancy Outcomes after Myomectomy and HIFU Treatment
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David Blum, Luísa V. Lopes.
    Contents:
    Adenosine receptor biology in the central nervous system / Michael Freissmuth and Karl-Norbert Klotz
    Adenosine signaling throughout development / Stefania Zappettini and Christophe Bernard
    Influence of adenosine on synaptic excitability / Detlev Boison, Raquel B. Dias, Traci Plumb, Sofia Cristóvão-Ferreira and Ana M. Sebastião
    Regulation of synaptic transmission by adenosine at the neuromuscular junction / Paula Pousinha and Joaquim A. Ribeiro
    Gene regulation of adenosine A₂a receptors in the central nervous system
    Sleep, adenosine, and neurodegeneration / Theresa E. Bjorness and Robert W. Greene
    National vs glial cell contribution to adenosine A₂a receptor-induced neurodegeneration / Antonella Ferrante, Maria T. Tebano, Alberto Martire, Maria R. Domenici and Patrizia Popoli
    Adenosine and oxygen/glucose deprivation in the brain / Felicita Pedata, Ilaria Dettori, Irene Fusco, Elisabetta Coppi, Anna M. Pugliese and Alessia Melani
    Adenosine receptors and memory disorders / Alexandre De Mendonca, David Blum and Jonathan D. Geiger
    Control of motor function by adenosine A₂a receptors in Parkinson's and Huntington's disease / Annalisa Pinna, Jadwiga Wardas, Maria R. Domenici, Patrizia Popoli, Giovanni Cossu and Micaela Morelli
    Adenosine receptors oligomers in Parkinson's disease / Víctor Fernández-Dueñas and Francisco Ciruela
    Adenosine control of striatal function / Sergi Ferré.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Berger, Stephen A.
    Summary: Adenovirus infection: Global Status is one in a series of GIDEON ebooks which explore all individual infectious diseases, drugs, vaccines, outbreaks, surveys and pathogens in every country of the world. Data are based on the GIDEON web application (www.gideononline.com) which relies on standard text books, peer-review journals, Health Ministry reports and ProMED, supplemented by an ongoing exhaustive search of the medical literature. The ebook includes: 1. Descriptive epidemiology 2. Clinical features 3. Distribution map 4. Images 5. Global status and status in every relevant country 6. References.

    Contents:
    ADENOVIRUS INFECTION: GLOBAL STATUS
    Copyright
    Introduction: The GIDEON e-book series
    Table of Contents
    Adenovirus infection
    Epidemiology
    Agent
    Reservoir
    Vector
    Vehicle
    Incubation Period
    Diagnostic Tests
    Typical Adult Therapy
    Typical Pediatric Therapy
    Vaccine
    Clinical Hints
    Synonyms
    Clinical
    References
    Distribution Map
    Images
    Afghanistan
    References
    Albania
    References
    Algeria
    References
    Angola
    References
    Argentina
    References
    Armenia
    References
    Australia
    References
    Austria
    References
    Azerbaijan
    Bahrain
    References
    Bangladesh
    References
    Belarus
    References
    Belgium
    References
    Brazil
    References
    Bulgaria
    References
    Burkina Faso
    References
    Cambodia
    References
    Cameroon
    References
    Canada
    References
    Central African Republic
    References
    Chad
    References
    Chile
    References
    China
    References
    Colombia
    References
    Congo
    References
    Croatia
    References
    Cuba
    References
    Cyprus
    References
    Denmark
    References
    Djibouti
    References
    Egypt
    References
    El Salvador
    References
    Estonia
    Finland
    References
    France
    References
    Gabon
    References
    Georgia
    References
    Germany
    References
    Ghana
    References
    Greece
    References
    Guadeloupe
    References
    Guam
    References
    Honduras
    References
    Hong Kong
    References
    Hungary
    References
    India
    References
    Indonesia
    References
    Iran
    References
    Ireland and Northern Ireland
    References
    Israel
    References
    Italy
    References
    Ivory Coast
    References
    Jamaica
    References
    Japan
    References
    Jordan
    References
    Kenya
    References
    Kuwait
    References
    Laos
    References
    Lebanon
    References
    Libya
    References
    Madagascar
    References
    Malawi
    References
    Malaysia
    References
    Mexico
    References
    Moldova
    Morocco
    References
    Mozambique
    References
    Myanmar
    References
    Nepal
    References
    New Caledonia
    References
    New Zealand
    References
    Nicaragua
    References
    Nigeria
    References
    Norway
    References
    Oman
    References
    Pakistan
    References
    Papua New Guinea
    References
    Peru
    References
    Poland
    References
    Portugal
    References
    Qatar
    References
    Romania
    References
    Rwanda
    References
    Saudi Arabia
    References
    Scotland
    References
    Senegal
    References
    Serbia and Montenegro
    References
    Singapore
    References
    Slovakia
    References
    South Africa
    References
    South Korea
    References
    Spain
    References
    Sudan and South Sudan
    References
    Sweden
    References
    Switzerland
    References
    Taiwan
    References
    Tanzania
    References
    Thailand
    References
    The Canary Islands
    References
    The Czech Republic
    References
    The Democratic Republic of Congo
    References
    The Netherlands
    References
    The Philippines
    References
    The Russian Federation
    References
    The U.S. Virgin Islands
    References
    The United Kingdom
    References
    The United States
    References
    The World
    References
    Trinidad and Tobago
    References
    Tunisia
    References
    Turkey
    References
    Uganda
    References
    Ukraine
    Venezuela
    References
    Vietnam
    References
    Zambia
    References
    Adenovirus vaccine
    Mechanism of Action
    Typical Adult Dosage
    Typical Pediatric Dosage
    Subsequent booster
    Toxic Effects for Adenovirus vaccine (0 listed)
    Contraindications for Adenovirus vaccine (5 listed)
    Trade names of Adenovirus vaccine (0 listed)
    About GIDEON
  • Digital
    Mark L. Wolraich, MD, FAAP, Joseph F. Hagan Jr, MD, FAAP.
    Summary: Parents will find the latest recommendations for the treatment and care of children with ADHD in the fully revised and updated edition of this award-winning guide.

    Contents:
    Please note
    A note on gender
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. What is ADHD?
    Chapter 2. Does my child have ADHD? Evaluation and diagnosis
    Chapter 3. What should we do? Treatment options
    Chapter 4. The role of medications
    Chapter 5. Managing ADHD at home
    Chapter 6. Parent training in behavior management: parenting techniques that work
    Chapter 7. Your child at school
    Chapter 8. Advocating for your child and others
    Chapter 9. When is it not just ADHD: identifying coexisting conditions
    Chapter 10. Complementary and alternative treatments for ADHD
    Chapter 11. ADHD in adolescence
    Chapter 12. A look at your child's future
    Index.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    George J. DuPaul, Thomas J. Power, Arthur D. Anastopoulos, Robert Reid.
    Summary: "Attention-deficit/hyperactivity sisorder (ADHD) is one of the most common behavior disorders of childhood. Mental health and school practitioners are frequently faced with the challenge of assessing children and adolescents who might have ADHD. The ADHD Rating Scale-5 is widely used by medical, mental health, and educational practitioners for a variety of activities including screening, diagnostic assessment, and evaluation of treatment outcome"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the ADHD rating scales
    Factor analysis
    Standardization and normative data
    Reliability and validity
    Interpretation and use of the scales for diagnostic and screening purposes
    Interpretation and use of the scales of evaluating treatment outcomes.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ506.H9 D848 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Scott A. Davis, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. What is known about adherence behavior
    1. Impact of Non-Adherence in Dermatology
    2. Models of Adherence
    3. Impact of demographic and treatment-related factors
    4. Non-attendance, predictors and interventions
    Part II. Methods of measuring adherence
    5. Using Retrospective Databases to Study Adherence
    6. Measuring Adherence in Clinical Trials
    7. How providers can assess their patients' adherence in clinical settings
    Part III. Adherence in specific diseases
    8. Topical application and variability of the de facto applied dose: technical aspects
    9. Adherence in Acne
    10. Psoriasis and adherence to therapy: individual, treatment-related and general factors
    11. Adherence in atopic dermatitis
    12. Adherence in Other Dermatologic Conditions
    Part IV. Strategies to improve adherence
    13. Optimizing the Physician-Patient Relationship and Educating the Patient about Adherence
    14. Choosing the treatment the patient is most likely to use
    15. Dealing with forgetfulness
    16. Building Motivation and Self-Efficacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emilio Sacchetti, Antonio Vita, Alberto Siracusano, Wolfgang Fleischhacker.
    Summary: Poor adherence to therapy is one of the main obstacles to treatment effectiveness in schizophrenia. It is the main determinant of relapse, hospitalization, symptom persistence, and poor psychosocial functioning and outcome. Adherence to treatment is affected by various factors related to the disease characteristics, to the patient him- or herself, to the treatment, and to the therapeutic relationship. Some of these factors are modifiable, and both pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies have been developed for this purpose.This book addresses the different aspects of adherence to treatment in schizophrenia and related disorders in a systematic but easy-to-use manual format. Chapters focus on a full range of issues, including pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence and continuity of care, relevant psychological factors, the importance of the patient-doctor relationship, and the need for an alliance with other care-givers. Adherence to Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia will be an invaluable asset for all who are involved in the care of patients with schizophrenia.

    Contents:
    Poor adherence to antipsychotic medication in people with schizophrenia: diffusion, consequences, and contributing factors
    Pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence in schizophrenia
    Non-pharmacological strategies to enhance adherence and continuity of care in schizophrenia
    Psychological issues in improving adherence and alliance.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Deborah Vitalis.
    Summary: The book documents the history of the prevention-of-mother-to child transmission of HIV (PMTCT) program in Guyana, as well as the impact of HIV on pregnant and postpartum women's adherence to antiretroviral therapy (ART). The book shows research work by reviewing the literature to investigate relevant adherence studies, presenting in-depth interviews on adherence perspectives of clinic patients and healthcare providers, and a cross-sectional descriptive study of pregnant women that investigated general adherence to pregnancy-related behaviours and ART, and the efficacy of a theoretical model (Health Belief Model) to understand and predict ART adherence within this group. Author discusses the factors affecting ART adherence among pregnant and postpartum women, since existing studies may not account for cultural and other local variations. The findings provide insight into the local situation, and will also inform policy and practice in Guyana, and the wider Caribbean Community (CARICOM).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: HIV and AIDS in Guyana
    Chapter 3: Factors affecting antiretroviral therapy adherence among HIV-positive pregnant and postpartum women: an adapted systematic review
    Chapter 4: Characteristics of pregnant women in Guyana with and without HIV
    Chapter 5: Antiretroviral perspectives of pregnant and postpartum women in Guyana: barriers and facilitators
    Chapter 6: Adherence patterns to prenatal vitamins and pregnancy health behaviors
    Chapter 7: Predictors of ART adherence
    Chapter 8: Predicting adherence to antiretroviral therapy among pregnant women in Guyana: utility of the health belief model
    Chapter 9: Discussion and Key Implications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tobias Langenhan, Torsten Schöenberg, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: history of the adhesion GPCR field / J̲örg Hamann, Alexander G. Petrenko
    Molecular and pharmacological properties of adhesion GPCRs. Classification, nomenclature, and structural aspects of adhesion GPCRs / Arunkumar Krishnan, Saskia Nijmeijer, Chris de Graaf, Helgi B. Schi̲th
    7TM domain structure of adhesion GPCRs / Chris de Graaf, Saskia Nijmeijer, Steffen Wolf, Oliver P. Ernst
    Understanding the structural basis of adhesion GPCR functions / Demet Araç, Norbert Sträter, Elena Seiradake
    Control of adhesion GPCR function through proteolytic processing / Matthias Nieberler, Robert J. Kittel, Alexander G. Petrenko, Hsi-Hsien Lin [and others]
    Tethered agonism: a common activation mechanism of adhesion GPCRs / Ines Liebscher, Torsten Sch̲öneberg
    Versatile signaling activity of adhesion GPCRs / Ayush Kishore, Randy A. Hall
    Adhesion GPCR-related protein networks / Barbara Knapp, Uwe Wolfrum
    The relevance of genomic signatures at adhesion GPCR loci in humans / Peter Kovacs, Torsten Sch̲öneberg
    Adhesion GPCRs as pharmakotargets in organ function and development. Adhesion GPCRs as a putative class of metabotropic mechanosensors / Nicole Scholz, Kelly R. Monk, Robert J. Kittel, Tobias Langenhan
    Adhesion GPCRs govern polarity of epithelia and cell migration / David Strutt, Ralf Schnabel, Franziska Fiedler, Simone Pr̲mel
    Adhesion GPCRs as novel actors in neural and glial cell functions: from synaptogenesis to myelination / Séverine M. Sigoillot, Kelly R. Monk, Xianhua Piao, Fekrije Selimi, Breanne L. Harty
    Control of skeletal muscle cell growth and size through adhesion GPCRs / James P. White
    Adhesion GPCR function in pulmonary development and disease / Marie-Gabrielle Ludwig, Klaus Seuwen, James P. Bridges
    Adhesion GPCRs as modulators of immune cell function / J̲örg Hamann, Cheng-Chih Hsiao, Chang Sup Lee, Kodi S. Ravichandran, Hsi-Hsien Lin
    Heart development, angiogenesis, and blood-brain barrier function is modulated by adhesion GPCRs / Gentian Musa, Felix B. Engel, Colin Niaudet
    Adhesion GPCRs in tumorigenesis / Gabriela Aust, Dan Zhu, Erwin G. Van Meir, Lei Xu.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Raf Sciot, Clara Gerosa, Gavino Faa, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the subsets of soft tissue tumors that show adipocytic, vascular or skeletal muscle differentiation. It reviews the surgical pathologists approach to diagnosing soft tissue tumors guided by vital morphological and immunohistochemical data in the differential diagnosis of this family of tumors. Written by experts in the field, the text contains a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that helps guide diagnosis and patient management, and stimulates investigative efforts. The book is filled with high-quality drawings of the salient histologic features of these various tumors, alongside photomicrographs and tips and tricks that help the relatively untrained or inexperienced eye to recognize the various structures or cell types that comprise each of these lesions. This innovative approach seeks to make recognition of these tumors easier. Adipocytic, Vascular and Skeletal Muscle Tumors serves as a valuable resource for pathologists, oncologists, surgeons, and researchers dealing with and interested in these complex and challenging tumors.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    Introduction
    1: Adipocytic Tumors
    Introduction
    Lipoma (Fig. 1.2)
    Lipomatosis of Nerve (Fig. 1.7)
    Angiolipoma (Fig. 1.10)
    Spindle Cell/Pleomorphic Lipoma (Fig. 1.13)
    Hemosiderotic Fibrolipomatous Tumor (HFLT) (Fig. 1.18)
    Lipoblastoma (Fig. 1.20)
    Angiomyolipoma (AML)
    Myelolipoma (Fig. 1.23)
    Hibernoma (Fig. 1.25)
    Chondroid Lipoma (Fig. 1.27)
    Liposarcoma
    ALT/WDLPS
    Dedifferentiated Liposarcoma (DDLPS)
    Myxoid/High-Grade Myxoid (Round Cell) Liposarcoma
    Pleomorphic Liposarcoma (PLPS) (Fig. 1.57) Tricks for a Better Diagnosis of Adipocytic Tumors
    Essential Bibliography
    2: Vascular Tumors
    Introduction
    Malformative Vascular Lesions
    Classical Vasoformative Tumors
    Capillary (Lobular) Hemangioma (Fig. 2.1)
    Congenital Hemangioma
    Infantile/Juvenile Hemangioma (Fig. 2.6)
    Cherry (Senile) Hemangioma (Fig. 2.8)
    Microvenular Hemangioma (Fig. 2.10)
    Cavernous Hemangioma (Fig. 2.13)
    Arteriovenous Hemangioma (Fig. 2.17)
    Intramuscular Hemangioma (Fig. 2.19)
    Angiomatosis
    Lymphangioma
    Lymphangioma Circumscriptum
    Cavernous Lymphangioma Benign Lymphangioendothelioma
    Lymphangiomatosis
    Littoral Cell Angioma (LCA)
    Angiosarcoma (Fig. 2.24)
    Reactive Vascular Lesions
    Papillary Endothelial Hyperplasia (PEH) (Fig. 2.26)
    Bacillary Angiomatosis (Fig. 2.28)
    Reactive Angioendotheliomatosis (Fig. 2.30)
    Glomeruloid Hemangioma (GH) (Fig. 2.32)
    Vascular Tumors with Hobnail Endothelium
    Hobnail Hemangioma (HH)
    Papillary Intralymphatic Angioendothelioma (PILA) (Dabska Tumor) (Fig. 2.35)
    Acquired Elastotic Hemangioma (Fig. 2.37)
    Retiform Hemangioendothelioma (RH) (Fig. 2.39) Composite Hemangioendothelioma (CH)
    Post-irradiation Atypical Vascular Lesions (AVL) (Fig. 2.41)
    Vascular Tumors with Spindle Cell Phenotype
    Spindle Cell Hemangioma (SCH) (Fig. 2.44)
    Kaposi Sarcoma (KS) (Fig. 2.46)
    Kaposiform Hemangioendothelioma (Fig. 2.51)
    Spindle Cell Angiosarcoma
    Vascular Tumors with Epithelioid Phenotype
    Epithelioid Hemangioma (EH)
    Epithelioid Angiomatous Nodule (EAN) (Fig. 2.55)
    Pseudomyogenic Hemangioendothelioma (PHE) (Fig. 2.57)
    Epithelioid Hemangioendothelioma (EHE) (Fig. 2.59)
    Epithelioid Angiosarcoma (EAS) (Fig. 2.61) Tricks for a Correct Diagnosis of Vascular Tumors
    Essential Bibliography
    3: Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Introduction
    Rhabdomyoma
    Adult-Type Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.1)
    Fetal (Juvenile) Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.3)
    Genital Rhabdomyoma (Fig. 3.5)
    Embryonal Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.7)
    Alveolar Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.9)
    Pleomorphic Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.11)
    Spindle Cell/Sclerosing Rhabdomyosarcoma (Fig. 3.13)
    Malignant Ectomesenchymoma (MEM)
    Potential New Entities
    Tricks for a Correct Diagnosis of Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Essential References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ofer Reizes, Nathan A. Berger.
    Summary: Adipocytokines provide the circuitry by which adipose tissue communicates among its component cells which include adipocytes, stromal cells, immune cells and vascular elements, with adipose tissue depots in other locations throughout the body and with other tissues in order to regulate physiologic processes of energy intake, utilization, and distribution. Since disturbances, both qualitative and quantitative, in adipocytokine function contribute significantly to many of the comorbidities associated with obesity, including diabetes, cardiovascular disease and cancer, this volume, which discusses most of the major adipocytokines independently and collectively and their roles in normal and pathologic processes, should be useful to all individuals seeking a deeper understanding of these processes. Moreover, it provides a valuable complement to the series on Energy Balance and Cancer, in which each volume is focused on a specific aspect of this process, which now constitutes an expanding problem as the obesity pandemic continues and more of the population reaches the age where cancer is most prevalent. This volume should provide a valuable resource to all clinicians and scientists engaged in caring for susceptible patients and in exploring the relation between energy balance and cancer as well as an important platform to providing the background for research development.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Adipocytes, Adipocytokines, and Cancer
    2. Adiponectin, Obesity, and Cancer
    3. Leptin in Cancer; Epidemiology and Mechanisms
    4. Leptin Signaling Pathways as Therapeutic Targets in Cancer
    5. Retinol Binding Protein 4: Role in Diabetes and Cancer
    6. Visfatin, Obesity, and Cancer
    7. Apelin and Cancer
    8. Novel Adipocytokines: Monocyte Chemotactic Protein-1, Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1, Chemerin
    9. Resistin, Obesity, and Cancer
    10. CRP Role in Cancer
    11. GI Peptides, Energy Balance and Cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giamila Fantuzzi, Theodore Mazzone, editors.
    Summary: The field of adipose tissue biology has been expanding at a very rapid pace in the last few years. Numerous advances have been made since publication of the first edition of this book, in terms of basic adipocyte biology, understanding of the determinants of obesity, distribution of body fat and weight loss, as well as the mechanisms linking excess adiposity to various co-morbidities. Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition contains updated chapters from the previous volume but as the field has evolved, some areas covered in the first edition have been refocused to address the new knowledge. The volume is divided in four sections: the first two deal with basic adipose tissue and adipokine biology, while the last two address the problem of obesity and alterations in adipose tissue function from an epidemiological and clinical standpoint. The chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific information. Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition is a useful resource for physicians interested in adipose tissue biology and basic scientists who want to know more about applied aspects of the field. The book targets endocrinologists, residents and fellows, internists, nutritionists and general practitioners who are exposed to an ever-expanding obese population.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alan Talevi, Pablo A.M. Quiroga, editors.
    Summary: Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion (ADME) processes and their relationship with the design of dosage forms and the success of pharmacotherapy form the basis of this upper level undergraduate/graduate textbook. As an introduction oriented to pharmacy students, it is also written for scientist from different fields outside of pharmaceutics. (e.g. material scientist, material engineers, medicinal chemists) who might be working in a positions in pharmaceutical companies or whose work might benefit from basic training in the ADME concepts and some biological background. Pedagogical features such as objectives, keywords, discussion questions, summaries and case studies add valuable teaching tools. This book will provide not only general knowledge on ADME processes but also an updated insight on some hot topics such as drug transporters, multi-drug resistance related to pharmacokinetic phenomena, last generation pharmaceutical carriers (nanopharmaceuticals), in vitro and in vivo bioequivalence studies, biopharmaceuticals, pharmacogenomics, drug-drug and food-drug interactions, and in silico and in vitro prediction of ADME properties. In comparison with other similar textbooks, around half of the volume would be focused on the relationship between expanding scientific fields and ADME processes. Each of these burgeoning fields has a separate chapter in the second part of the volume, and was written with leading experts on the correspondent topic, including scientists and academics from USA and UK (Duquesne University School of Pharmacy, Indiana University School of Medicine, University of Utah College of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, University of Bath). Additionally, each of the initial chapters dealing with the generalities of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion would include relevant, classic examples related to each topic with appropriate illustrations (e.g. importance of active absorption of levodopa, implications in levodopa administration, drug drug interactions and food drug interactions emerging from the active uptake; intoxication with paracetamol as a result of glutathione depletion, CYP induction and its relationship with acute liver failure caused by paracetamol, etc). ADME Processes and Pharmaceutical Sciences is written as a core textbook for ADME processes, pharmacy, pharmacokinetics, drug delivery, biopharmaceutics, drug disposition, drug design and medicinal chemistry courses.

    Contents:
    Part 1 The Basics of ADME Processes
    Introduction ADME Processes and Their Relationship with Pharmaceutical Practice
    Drug Release
    Drug Adsorption
    Drug Excretion.-Routes of Administration
    Part 2 The Importance of ADME Properties in Burgeoning Pharmaceutical Topics
    Nanotechnology and Drug Delivery
    Pharmacogenomics and Indiviualized Therapy
    Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies
    The Absorption and Distribution of Biopharmaceuticals/Biological Medical Products
    Drug-Drug and Food-Drug Interactions of Pharmacokinetic Nature
    In silico and In vitro ADME prediction
    Drug Transporters and Multi-drug Resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Henry Marsh.
    Summary: Traces the author's post-retirement work as a surgeon and teacher in such remote areas as Nepal and Ukraine, illuminating the challenges of working in difficult regions and finding purposeful work after a career.

    Contents:
    The lock-keeper's cottage
    London
    Nepal
    America
    Awake craniotomy
    The mind-brain problem
    An elephant ride
    Lawyers
    Making things
    Broken windows
    Memory
    Ukraine
    Sorry
    The red squirrel
    Neither the sun nor death.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD592.9.M37 A3 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Janet E. McDonagh, Rachel S. Tattersall, editors.
    Summary: This concise guide takes a practical approach to adolescent and young adult (AYA) rheumatology, aiming to cover the needs of any healthcare professional dealing with young people aged 10-24 years. Each chapter contains key management points for readers to readily access disease-specific management as well as highlighting specific AYA issues which differ from pediatric and adult practice. The coverage is comprehensive but concise and designed to act as a primary reference tool for subjects across the field of rheumatology. The book is designed for pediatric/adult rheumatologists, primary care physicians, nurses, allied health professionals and other professionals to understand each topic covered and to take a practical approach to to delivering developmentally appropriate rheumatology health care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lyle J. Micheli, Laura Purcell, editors.
    Summary: This reader-friendly book takes a practical approach to caring for the adolescent athlete. Logically organized by joint, experts in sports medicine address both chronic and acute injuries in addition to congenital conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Susan H. Godley, Jan Ellen Smith, Robert J. Meyers, Mark D. Godley ; foreward by Wiliam R. Miller
    Summary: "The Adolescent Community Reinforcement Approach (A-CRA) is an evidence-based, developmentally-appropriate behavioral treatment for youth and young adults ages 12 to 25 years old with substance use disorders and related problems. Listed in several state and federal registries, including the National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, A-CRA clinicians help youth and parents increase the family, social, and educational/vocational reinforcers to support recovery. Written by Drs. Susan H. Godley, Jane Ellen Smith, Robert J. Meyers, and Mark D. Godley, the principal researchers and experts in A-CRA, The Community Reinforcement Approach: A Clinical Guide for Treating Substance Use Disorders provides behavioral and mental health professionals with the detailed guidance needed to implement this evidence-based treatment"--Page [4] of cover.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV4999.Y68 G64 2016
    1
  • Digital
    guest editors, Paritosh Kaul, Maria Trent, Krishna K. Upadhya.
    Summary: AMSTARs: Adolescent Contraception: Basics and Beyond highlights the fundamental aspects of contraception with an overview of contraceptive methods and epidemiology, provides up-to-date guidance on medical eligibility criteria, and reviews critical policy advances supporting contraceptive access.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    edited by David A. Wolfe, Jeff R. Temple.
    Summary: Adolescent Dating Violence: Theory, Research, and Prevention summarizes the course, risk/protective factors, consequences and treatment/prevention of adolescent dating violence. Dating violence is defined as physical, sexual, psychological, and cyber behavior meant to cause emotional, physical, or social harm to a current or former intimate partner. The book discusses research design and measurement in the field, focuses on the recent influx of longitudinal studies, and examines prevention and intervention initiatives. Divided into five sections, the book begins by reviewing theory on and consequences of dating violence. Section II discusses risk factors and protective factors such as peer influences, substance use, and past exposure to violence in the family of origin. Section III discusses how social and cultural factors can influence teen dating violence, addressing the prevalence of dating violence among different ethnicities and among LGBTQ teens, and the influence of social media. Section IV discusses recent research priorities including gender inequality, measurement, psychological abuse, and the dual nature of dating violence during adolescence. Section V reviews evidence-based practice for treatment and prevention across various age groups and settings.

    Contents:
    Section I. Theory and consequences
    Section II. Risk and protective factors
    Section III. Social and cultural influences
    Section IV. Research priorities
    Section V. Treatment and prevention.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Hina J. Talib, editor.
    Summary: "This book offers a comprehensive and clinically relevant survey of adolescent gynecology. Adolescent Gynecology: A Clinical Casebook addresses the many intersecting considerations of gynecologic and reproductive health care for this population using a concise, case-based format. Organized in four sections, the first introduces chapters on adolescent confidentiality, puberty, and well care. Section II covers varied menstrual disorders, while Section III highlights issues in reproductive health care including sexually transmitted infection and adolescent pregnancy. Finally, Section IV addresses special populations of adolescents, including chapters on girls who have sex with girls, girls who are victims of abuse and girls with special health care needs and chronic health conditions. In each section common gynecologic health issues are discussed in the context of these clinical cases, provide the knowledge needed to further improve comprehensive care of adolescent patients.Adolescent Gynecology: A Clinical Casebook is a unique resource that delivers essential clinical information for Adolescent Medicine and Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology fellowship trainees, as well as for medical students, resident trainees, and primary care practitioners who are the front-line caregivers for adolescent girls"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1. General and Developmental Approach to Adolescents
    1. Case of a Girl with a Secret
    2. Case of a Girl Due for HPV Immunization
    3. Case of a Girl with Delayed Puberty and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    4. Case of a Girl with Vulvar Swelling
    5. Case of a Girl with an Ovarian Cyst and Abdominal Pain
    SECTION 2. Menstrual Disorders
    6. Case of a Girl with Irregular Periods, Acne and Hirsutism
    7. Case of a Girl with Painful Periods, Pain with Bowel Movements and Dyspareunia
    8. Case of a girl with heavy, prolonged periods and anemia
    9. Case of a girl with irritability and mood swings with her periods
    10. Case of a girl with secondary amenorrhea and an eating disorder
    11. Case of a Girl with Primary Amenorrhea, Cyclic Pelvic Pain, and Absent Vagina
    12. Case of a Girl with Primary Amenorrhea, Delayed Puberty and High Gonadotropin levels
    SECTION 3. Sexually Active Adolescents
    13. Case of a Girl with Vaginal Discharge Who Has Sex with Boys
    14. Case of a Girl with Vaginal Discharge Who Has Sex with Girls
    15. Case of a Girl with Lower Abdominal Pain
    16. Case of a Girl with Vulvar Ulcers
    17. Case of a Girl with a Positive Pregnancy Test
    18. Case of a Girl Seeking Birth Control
    19. Case of a Girl with Condom Failure
    20. Case of a Girl with Obesity Seeking Birth Control
    21. Case of a Girl on Psychotropic Medications Seeking Birth Control
    SECTION 4. Special Populations of Adolescents
    22. Case of a Sexually Active Girl with Immune Compromise on Teratogenic Medications
    23. Case of a Girl Seeking Fertility Counseling
    24. Case of Girl with Special Needs Seeking Menstrual Management
    25. Case of a Girl with Chronic Abdominal Pain, Frequent Emergency Room Visits and Opioid Abuse.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1991
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA564.5 .A238 1991
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1991
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA564.5 .A239 1991
    1
  • Digital
    Alessandro Pingitore, Francesca Mastorci, Cristina Vassalle, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a detailed and updated review of the widespread changes that take place during adolescence, adopting a preventive perspective that reflects physical, social, cognitive, and emotional changes. It addresses a broad range of aspects, including: the preventive programs and their systemic effects; the role of environment in influencing the healthy behaviors of adolescents and young adults; the use of e-Health technology in health and behavioral interventions for adolescents; and the clinical and prognostic implications of primordial prevention in healthy adolescents. All of these elements are subsequently reviewed using a multidimensional approach, in order to offer extensive information on the complex changes that characterize adolescents' physiological, psychological, and neurobiological development. In addition, the book depicts the preventive strategies currently used in various social settings (school, family, sport club, health policies) aimed not only at reducing lifestyle risk behaviors, but also at improving resilience, happiness, social involvement, self-esteem, and sociability. This update is essential in the light of the fact that, to date, prevention has mainly been directed towards adolescents with physical or mental disorders rather than their healthy peers. As such, the book offers a valuable tool for pediatricians, child and adolescents psychiatrists, and for all professionals involved in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention.

    Contents:
    Part I: Primordial prevention: General Aspects
    1. Preventive strategies: past, present and future
    2. Fetal Programming of Adult Disease in a Translational Point of View
    3. Physical activity and wellbeing
    4. Dietary habit and quality
    5. Biochemical markers in primordial prevention: premises and promises
    Part II: Adolescents' mental health and well-being
    6. Perinatal influences on neurodevelopment: The role of epigenetics
    7. The role of environmental enrichment on neurodevelopment
    8. Relationship between emotions, sleep and wellbeing
    9. Empowering adolescents with life skills education
    Part III: Adolescence and the Social Determinants of Health
    10. Family and Community
    11. School
    12. Peers
    Part IV: The digital era in adolescent's health and well-being
    13. Adolescence between past and future
    14. e-Health strategies
    15. Experiences and perspectives of the game in health programs: controversial issues
    16. New perspectives for multidisciplinary and integrated strategies of adolescent health and wellbeing.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Pamela A. Foelsch, Susanne Schlüter-Müller, Anna E. Odom, Helen T. Arena, Andrés Borzutzky H., Klaus Schmeck.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Description of the Disorder
    3. Theoretical Models and Rationale
    4. Diagnosis and Treatment Indications
    5. Treatment
    6. Adolescent Identity Treatment (AIT) Case Illustration
    7. Efficacy
    8. Training and Supervision.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yolanda N. Evans, Alicia Dixon Docter, editors.
    Summary: Adolescents have unique nutritional needs when compared to young children and adults. As youth go through physical, cognitive, and behavioral development, nutrition needs are dynamic and changing. If these needs go undetected and remain unaddressed, the results can derail physical and social maturation and include life-long effects on health. This comprehensive text offers a multidisciplinary perspective on aspects of adolescent nutrition. Using clinical cases, it covers relevant topics related to adolescent health including normal development, chronic health conditions, and complex biopsychosocial dynamics, among others. The first section of the text contains an overview of adolescent nutrition that is further broken down into more specific topics such as developmental nutrition needs, needs of active youth and athletes and media influences on body image. The next section focuses on health disparities such as culturally appropriate care, health equity, international considerations and food insecurity. The following section specifically addresses eating disorders ranging from anorexia and bulimia to binge eating. Finally, the last section covers additional health considerations such as polycystic ovarian syndrome, teen pregnancy, substance use and gender non-conforming youth. Written by experts in the field, this book is a helpful resource for primary care medical providers, registered dietitians, adolescent medicine specialists as well as advanced practice nurses, physician assistants and athletic trainers.

    Contents:
    Part I General Adolescent Nutrition
    1. General Adolescent Development
    2. Confidentiality
    3. Communication and Adolescents
    4. Developmental Nutrition
    5. Wellness and Excessive Weight Gain
    6. Ensuring Nutritional Adequacy in the Adolescent and Young Adult Athlete
    7. Media Influences on Body Image & Eating Behaviors in Adolescents
    Part II Caring for Diverse Populations
    8. Supporting & Promoting Adolescent Nutritional Health Equity
    9. Food Insecurity Among Adolescents and Emerging Adults
    10. Culturally Appropriate Care
    11. International Considerations
    12. Health at Every Size®
    13. Juvenile Justice
    Part III Disordered Eating
    14. Anorexia Nervosa
    15. Bulimia Nervosa
    16. Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID).-17. Binge Eating Disorder in Adolescents and Emerging Adults
    18. Otherwise Specified and Unspecified Feeding or Eating Disorders
    19. Co-occurring Eating Disorders and Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    20. Co-Occurring Eating Disorders and Orthorexia Nervosa
    Part IV Additional Health Considerations
    21. Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS)
    22. Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    23. Type II Diabetes Mellitus
    24. Nutrition in Adolescent Pregnancy
    25. Adolescent Substance Use
    26. Nurturing Healthy Transitions: Nutrition, Exercise, and Body Image for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laurel L. Williams, Owen Muir, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive and practical approach to the treatment of suicide and NSSI for adolescents utilizing a mentalizing framework. The beginning of the text provides up-to-date information on the theory of a mentalizing therapy in order to ground the readers in the neuroscientific underpinnings of a mentalizing approach. Next chapters provide information on the fundamental building blocks of a mentalizing therapy at the individual and family level. These chapters provide step-by-step approaches in order to provide examples of the techniques involved in mentalizing treatment that can be employed to address suicidality and NSSI. The next chapter builds on these concepts as the reader learns about mentalizing failures involved in common co-morbidities in adolescents who are experiencing suicidality and/or employing NSSI. The next several chapters cover practical issues related to working within this patient population including the key concept of social systems and connections for both providers and adolescents, the ability of mentalizing theory and therapy to integrate with other effective therapies, how to approach sessions after a suicide attempt, resiliency for patient, family and the provider, along with important self-care for a therapist if a patient commits suicide. The final chapter brings all of the aforementioned elements together in order for the reader to conceptualize employing a mentalizing approach to adolescents and their families when suicide and NSSI concerns are a predominate focus of care. Illustrations of specific therapeutic approaches and a list of resources and guidelines where available are also included. Adolescent Suicide and Self-Injury is an excellent resource for all clinicians working with youths at risk for suicide and/or self-injury, including psychiatrists, psychologists, pediatricians, family medicine physicians, emergency medicine specialists, social workers, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: What Is Mentalizing?
    Introduction
    Brief History
    The Four Dimensions
    Whose Mental State? Self Versus Other
    What Kind of Mental State? Affective Versus Cognitive
    What Kind of Cues Are Used? Internal Versus External
    How Does the Awareness Come About? Automatic Versus Controlled
    The Development of Typical Mentalizing
    The Normative Timeline
    The Importance of Parenting and Attachment
    The Development of Atypical Mentalizing
    The Alien Self
    Pre-mentalizing Modes: The Target of Treatment
    Conclusion
    References 2: Core Mentalizing Techniques
    Introduction
    The Mentalizing Stance
    "Not Knowing"
    Holding the Balance
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing
    Highlighting and Promoting Mentalizing
    Psychic Equivalence
    Teleological Mode
    Pretend Mode
    Notice and Name: The Mentalizing Loop
    Conclusion
    Suggested Reading
    3: Mentalizing in Family Work
    Introduction
    Case Introduction
    Initial Family Mentalizing Assessment and Formulation
    Example Formulation
    Promoting the Mentalizing Stance in Therapy
    Holding the Balance: Curiosity Holding the Balance: Slowing Down/Emotion Regulation
    Holding the Balance: The Affect Focus
    Holding the Balance: The "Here and Now" Focus
    Holding the Balance: Perspective-Taking
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Humility
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Humor
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Impact Awareness
    Highlighting Good or Improved Mentalizing: Forgiveness
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Psychic Equivalence
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Pretend Mode
    Disengaging from Non-mentalizing: Teleological Mode
    The Mentalizing Loop Psychic Equivalence: "Open Door?"
    Pretend Mode: The "Ferris Wheel"
    Teleological Mode: "Lecture Voice"
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Mentalization-Based Treatment Activities, Games, and Intersession Activities
    Introduction
    Introducing the Other (Introduction, a Challenge for Pretend Mode)
    The Pause Button (a Challenge for Psychic Equivalence or Teleological Mode)
    Inverted Roles Activity (All Three Mentalizing Failures)
    The "Feeling and Doing" Activity (Pretend Mode)
    Family Modeling (Pretend Mode, General Lack of Knowledge)
    The Mind [or Brain] Scan (Pretend Mode General Lack of Mentalizing)
    Safety, Timing, and Communicating About Games/Activities
    Modeling the Mentalizing Stance, Playfulness, Humility, and Use of Humor
    Troubleshooting Avoidance of Games
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Suicidality in Context
    Introduction
    Childhood Trauma
    Maltreatment Disrupts Mentalizing, Attachment, and Trust
    How Can Therapists Work Productively with Youth Who Have Suffered Maltreatment?
    Bullying
    Personality Factors
    Borderline Personality Disorder
    Narcissism
    Antisocial Personality Disorder
    Internalizing Disorders
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christopher Woodhouse.
    Contents:
    Adolescent and transitional urology : an introduction
    Anatomical and cystic anomalies
    Stones
    Prune-belly syndrome
    Renal function in adolescents
    Structural anomalies and reconstruction of the ureter
    Vesico-ureteric reflux
    The neuropathic bladder and spina bifida
    Lower urinary tract replacement and reconstruction
    Urinary diversion and undiversion
    Other bladder conditions
    Exstrophy and epispadias
    Cloacal exstrophy
    Posterior urethral valves
    Hypospadias
    Scrotal abnormalities
    The overvirilized female
    The undervirilized male
    Adolescent sexuality and counseling
    Neoplastic disease : outcomes in survivors.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Nicholas W. Gelbar.
    Summary: "Adolescence is a challenging stage for all individuals, especially for those with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Individuals with ASD face increased social isolation and engage in more challenging behaviors during adolescence. They also experience increased mental health challenges including anxiety and depression, and they are among the least likely of any disability group to attend college, be competitively employed, or live independently. At the same time, adolescents with ASD face a major shift in available services and support as they exit the K-12 educational system. The need to present what is known about this group in order to inform clinicians, researchers, and educators cannot be understated. Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder synthesizes current science on adolescents and young adults with ASD in order to inform mental health practitioners and education professionals who work directly with these individuals. While early childhood interventions for ASD have been extensively developed and tested, research on adolescents and young adults with ASD has lagged behind until recently. This comprehensive handbook can be utilized to train students and professionals in applied mental health roles. The handbook includes three sections: Part I reviews diagnosis and treatment of adolescents with ASD; Part II details how to support their educational needs; and Part III discusses special populations including college students and young women. Chapters highlight recommendations for clinicians and include study questions and additional resources."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Diagnosis and Treatment of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 1: The Challenge of Entering Adulthood for Individuals with ASD
    Nicholas W. Gelbar and Daniel T. Volk
    Chapter 2: Efficacious Treatments for Common Psychiatric Challenges in Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Lisa A. Nowinski, Alyssa Milot, Alanna Gold, and Christopher J. McDougle
    Chapter 3: Executive functions in adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Yael Dai and Inge-Marie Eigsti
    Chapter 4: Anxiety in Adolescents and Adults with ASD
    Micah O. Mazurek
    Chapter 5: Cognitive Behavioral Approaches for Treating Adolescents with ASD
    Caitlin M. Conner, Lindsey DeVries, and Judy Reaven
    Part II. Supporting Educational Needs of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 6: Self-Determination and the Transition to Adulthood for Youth and Young Adults with an Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Michael L. Wehmeyer and Karrie A. Shogren
    Chapter 7: Supporting Strong Transitions for Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Erik W. Carter
    Chapter 8: Employment Training for Young Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    David W. Test, Debra G. Holzberg, Kelly Clark, Misty Terrell, and Dana E. Rusher
    Chapter 9: Teaching Skills to Adolescents Using Applied Behavior Analysis
    John Molteni
    Chapter 10: Managing Challenging Behavior in Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Maya Matheis, Jasper A. Estabillo, and Johnny L. Matson
    Part III. Special Populations of Adolescents with ASD
    Chapter 11: Supporting College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Nicholas W. Gelbar
    Chapter 12: Young Women on the Autism Spectrum
    Meng-Chuan Lai, Stephanie H. Ameis, and Peter Szatmari
    Chapter 13: Conclusion
    Nicholas W. Gelbar.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    William F. Young, Irina Bancos.
    Summary: Adrenal disorders are often difficult to diagnose due to common symptoms, and challenging to treat due to common comorbidities. Adrenal Disorders: 100 Cases from the Adrenal Clinic provides a comprehensive, case-based approach to the evaluation and treatment of both common and uncommon adrenal disorders, offering practical, real-world guidance highlighted by detailed laboratory evaluations, computed cross sectional images, nuclear medicine images, and gross pathology photographs. Features 100 two-page cases covering a wide range of common and uncommon adrenal disorders. Includes case report, investigations, treatment, and outcome for each case, plus a case overview with expert advice, take-home points, and references. Organizes comprehensive content by type of disorder, including adrenal masses (benign and malignant), primary aldosteronism, ACTH-independent Cushing syndrome, ACTH-dependent Cushing syndrome, adrenal carcinoma, pheochromocytoma, adrenal and ovarian hyperandrogenism, and adrenal disorders in pregnancy. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Print
    contributors, N.-E. Andén ... [et al.] ; editor, L. Szekeres.
  • Digital
    J.J. Sandra Kooij.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a clinical based overview of the assessment and treatment of ADHD in adults by a clinical researcher with extensive experience. Its practical focus allows each chapter to answer common questions encountered within clinical practice. Differential diagnosis of ADHD is also discussed in relation to comorbidity with bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, and chronic delayed sleep phase. Adult ADHD: Diagnostic Assessment and Treatment, fourth edition aims to help readers identify ADHD effectively and put in place suitable treatments. The book is relevant for psychiatrists, neurologists, and healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis and treatment of adult ADHD.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Diagnostic Assessment
    3. Diagnostic Instruments
    4. Treatment
    5. Treatment: Coaching Adults with ADHD
    6. Setup and Organization of a Specialist Department.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jason P. Gilleran, Seth A. Alpert, editors.
    Summary: "This text reviews the anatomy and physiology of neuromodulation for treatment of various pathology of the human body, with specific emphasis on sacral neuromodulation for bladder and bowel dysfunction in the adult and pediatric populations. In addition to historical overview of the various methods of neuromodulation, present day applications will be discussed as well as possible future directions for use. Adult and Pediatric Neuromodulation will be of great value to medical professionals who are interested in the use of neuromodulation as a possible therapy option for their patients, particularly when other traditional or medical management options have failed. Each chapter is written by experts in the topic of various modalities of neuromodulation."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] Michael Valente, L. Maureen Valente.
    Contents:
    Hearing disorders
    Diagnostic examination auditory function
    Diagnostic examination vestibular function
    Amplification : hearing devices
    Cochlear implants
    Hearing assistive technology
    Tinnitus management
    Other rehabilitative strategies.
  • Print
    [edited by] Michael Valente, L. Maureen Valente.
    Contents:
    Hearing disorders
    Diagnostic examination : auditory function
    Diagnostic examination : vestibular function
    Amplification : hearing devices
    Cochlear implants
    Hearing assistive technology
    Tinnitus and misophonia management.
  • Print
    Contents:
    Introduction : certification examination and tips for preparation
    Part I. Practice questions and answers with rationales. Cardiovascular questions ; Respiratory questions ; Endocrine, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, and integumentary questions ; Musculoskeletal, neurological, and psychosocial questions ; Multisystem questions ; Professional caring and ethical practice questions
    Part II. Practice test and answers with rationales. Practice test ; Answers with rationales.
    Digital Access R2Library [2022]
  • Print
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Pass Guarantee
    Chapter 1: General Examination Information
    Overview
    CCRN Certification Requirements
    About the Examination
    How to Apply
    How to Recertify
    AACN Contact Information
    Resources
    Chapter 2: Cardiovascular System
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Overview
    Signs and Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Labs
    Diagnostic Testing
    Treatment
    Nursing Interventions
    Patient Education
    Aortic Complications
    Overview
    Signs and Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Labs
    Diagnostic Testing
    Treatment
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    editors, David J. Sugarbaker, Raphael Bueno, Yolonda L. Colson, Michael T. Jaklitsch, Mark J. Krasna, Steven J. Mentzer with Marcia Williams, Ann Adams.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2015
  • Digital
    Eric L. Chang, Paul D. Brown, Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, John H. Suh, editors.
    Summary: This book elucidates the radiation therapy protocols and procedures for the management of adult patients presenting with primary benign and malignant central nervous system tumors. With the development of new treatment strategies and rapid advancement of radiation technology, it is crucial for radiation oncologists to maintain and refine their knowledge and skills. Dedicated exclusively to adult CNS radiation oncology, this textbook explores CNS tumors ranging from the common to the esoteric as well as secondary cancers of metastatic origin. The first half of the book is organized anatomically: tumors of the brain, spinal cord, leptomeninges, optic pathway, ocular choroid, and skull base. The second half covers primary CNS lymphoma, rare CNS tumors, metastatic brain disease, vascular conditions of the CNS, radiation-associated complications, and radiation modalities. Each chapter provides guidance on treatment field design, target delineation, and normal critical structure tolerance constraints in the context of the disease being treated. Learning objectives, case studies, and Maintenance of Certification Self-Assessment Continuing Medical Education-style questions and answers are incorporated throughout the book. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncologists, residents, and fellows, but medical students may also find value in the text.

    Contents:
    Meningioma
    Pituitary Adenoma: Overview and Treatment Approaches
    Craniopharyngioma
    Vestibular Schwannoma
    Low Grade Glioma
    High Grade Gliomas
    Schwannomas and Neurofibromas
    Spinal Meningioma
    Astrocytic Tumors of Spinal Cord
    Spinal Cord Ependymoma
    Metastatic Epidural Spinal Cord Compression: Conventional Radiotherapy
    Vertebral Body Metastasis
    Evaluation and Workup of Leptomeningeal Disease
    Palliative Radiation Therapy for Leptomeningeal Disease
    Optic Pathway Gliomas
    Optic Nerve Sheath Meningioma
    Uveal Melanoma
    Skull Base Tumors
    Combined Modality Therapy for Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma
    Choroid Plexus Tumors
    Hemangiopericytoma
    Stereotactic Radiosurgery for Hemangioblastomas
    NF2 Related Tumors and Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumors
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Pineal Region Tumors
    Glomus Tumors
    Adult Medulloblastoma
    Intracranial Ependymoma
    Central Neurocytoma
    Prognostic Classification Systems for Brain Metastases
    Neurosurgical Management of Single Brain Metastases
    Multiple Brain Metastases
    Postoperative Treatment for Brain Metastasis
    Vascular Malformation Radiosurgery
    Adult CNS Radiation Oncology: Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Brain Radionecrosis
    Spinal Cord Tolerance and Risk of Radiation Myelopathy
    Radiation Optic Neuropathy
    Cerebral Atrophy and Leukoencephalopathy Following Cranial Irradiation
    Hypopituitarism
    Neurocognitive Changes
    Cranial Nerve Palsies, Vascular Damage, and Brainstem Injury
    Conformal Therapy and Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy/Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy
    Linac Based Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Hypofractionated Stereotactic Radiotherapy
    Gamma Knife® Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Hypo-Fractionated Stereototatic Radiotherapy
    Spinal Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Proton Beam Therapy (For CNS Tumors)
    Brachytherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sara Thorne and Sarah Bowater.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction to adult congenital heart disease
    Part 2. Specific lesions
    Part 3. General management issues of adult congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Munetaka Masuda, Koichiro Niwa, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the most popular topics concerning adult congenital heart disease (ACHD), especially focusing on indications and re-intervention procedures for some major ACHDs. Thanks to advances in medical and surgical therapy for congenital heart disease over the last half century, many patients who underwent surgical correction reached adulthood. However, as can be seen from the explosive increase in the number of ACHD patients, postoperative residua and sequelae have also become apparent. The purpose of this book is to highlight complicated problems in connection with ACHD, including its present status, as well as methods for its management including medical and surgical treatment. The content primarily focuses on two areas - general information for cardiologists, and information on re-intervention for interventionists and cardiac surgeons -, setting it apart from the majority of books on congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background and Facilities
    Chapter 1: Historical perspective
    Chapter 2: Facilities for patients' care
    Part II: Medical consideration
    Chapter 3: Post-operative residua and sequelae
    Chapter 4: Heart failure
    Chapter 5: Rhythm disturbance / sudden death
    Part III: Intervention / Re-intervention considerations
    Chapter 6: Anesthesia for ACHD
    Chapter 7: Therapeutic catheter intervention (ASD, PDA, CoA, etc)
    Chapter 8: Repaired tetralogy of Fallot
    Chapter 9: Post RV-PA conduit repair (PA + VSD, TGA III, etc)
    Chapter 10: Repaired complete transposition of the great arteries
    Chapter 11: Corrected TGA
    Chapter 12: Post right heart bypass operation
    Chapter 13: Aortopathy including hereditary disease (Marfan syndrome, bicuspid aortic valve, etc)
    Chapter 14: Ebstein anomaly.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Doreen DeFaria Yeh, Ami Bhatt, editors.
    Summary: There is an evident practice gap in education of general adult cardiologists on long-term management of congenital heart disease (CHD). The goal of this book is to help general cardiologists, but also pediatricians and related care providers in the management and diagnosis of adult CHD. Adult Congenital Heart Disease in Clinical Practice provides clear, practical advice on adult CHD for the busy fellow, resident and practicing clinician. It includes training and revision material to assist learning and is formatted in such a way as to provide short, concise content designed for easy recall of salient facts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Emmanuel Jouanneau, Gérald Raverot, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on adult craniopharyngiomas, offering various perspectives. The first part of the book provides an up-to-date overview of the pathogenesis and management of adult craniopharyngiomas, helping readers understand the pathogenesis and molecular pathways. It highlights the importance of animal models for addressing molecular keys and for developing targeted therapies. The second part deals with clinical management, detailing the latest results in the era of endoscopic surgery, including the major contribution of the extended nasal endoscopic approaches for suprasellar and retrochiasmatic tumors. The book also discusses the key aspects of these tumors and how to manage them. The last part of the book addresses the future therapies and recurrences after surgery and radiotherapy. This volume is of interest to neurosurgeons, endocrinologists, paediatricians, radiologists and oncologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Catherine Harris, PhD, MBA, AGACNP, editor.
    Digital Access R2Library [2019]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Jill C. Cash, MSN, APRN, FNP-BC, editor ; Ann McQueen Blair, DNP, FNP, WHNP, GNP & L. Douglas Smith Jr., DNP, APRN, ACNP-BC, CNRN, SCRN, FCCM, adult-gerontology consultants.
    Summary: This hands-on text and clinical reference--used by thousands of NP students and practitioners alike--delivers national practice guidelines and professional standards of care to help clinicians deliver optimal primary care to adult and older adult patients. The new third edition, featuring the expert input of two renowned Adult-Gerontology practitioners, updates all chapters, teaching guides, and illustrative charts and provides new charts to enhance readability. Fresh content includes information on Sjogren's syndrome; reactive arthritis; elder abuse; LGBTQ health; concussion assessment; joint pain, bursitis, and fractures; peripheral neuropathy; and perimenopause/menopause. The third edition also includes the updated Beers Criteria and covers COVID-19 treatment and vaccines.

    Contents:
    Section I. Guidelines. Normal physiological changes in the aging adult
    Healthy living for the adult-geriatric patient
    Adult-geriatric assessments
    Caregiver and end-of-life issues
    Geriatric syndromes
    Pain management guidelines
    Dermatology guidelines
    Eye guidelines
    Ear guidelines
    Nasal guidelines
    Throat and mouth guidelines
    Respiratory guidelines
    Cardiovascular guidelines
    Gastrointestinal guidelines
    Genitourinary guidelines
    Obstetrics guidelines
    Gynecologic guidelines
    Sexually transmitted infections guidelines
    Infectious disease guidelines
    Systemic disorders guidelines
    Musculoskeletal guidelines
    Rheumatological guidelines
    Neurologic guidelines
    Endocrine guidelines
    Psychiatric guidelines
    Section II. Procedures. Section III. Appendices. Normal laboratory values
    Dietary recommendations
    Beers criteria
    Deprescribing algorithms.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024], ©2024
  • Digital
    [editors] John J. Callaghan, MD, Lawrence and Marilyn Dorr Chair, Professor, Departments of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Iowa, Iowa city, Iowa, Aaron G. Rosenberg, MD, Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, Harry E. Rubash, MD, Edith M. Ashley Professor, Harvard Medical School, Chief, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, John C. Clohisy, Daniel C. and Betty B. Viehmann Distinguished Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, Paul E. Beaulé, MD, Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Ottawa, Chief, Division of Orthopedic Surgery, The Ottawa Hospital, Ottawa, Ontario, Craig J. Della Valle, MD, Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
  • Digital
    Eleftherios Tsiridis, editor.
    Summary: This book is intended to offer a “virtual fellowship” in hip surgery that will give readers the opportunity to join distinguished hip surgeons in the operating room, learning key points and solutions to technical difficulties from the beginning to the end of 100 surgical cases. All of these cases have been carefully selected by renowned orthopaedists who work at the world’s top centers and perform surgery based on evidence. To facilitate quick learning, the cases are presented using a uniform template, guiding the reader from clinical evaluation and preoperative planning, through the decision-making process, to the surgical procedure and the final outcome. At the end of each case, the editor invites the surgeon to answer specific questions in order to further elucidate crucial issues with reference to current evidence. The book is divided into four sections: conservative hip surgery, primary hip arthroplasty, complex hip arthroplasty, and revision arthroplasty. It will be of value across the world to specialist hip surgeons and surgeons in training who are interested in hip surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Daniele Rigamonti.
    Digital Access 2014
  • Print
    [edited by] Harry E. Rubash, Robert L. Barrack, Aaron G. Rosenberg, Hany S. Bedair, James I. Huddleston III, Brett R. Levine.
    Summary: "As knee replacement surgeries continue to grow in number worldwide, the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference in this key area is a must for today's orthopaedic surgeon. The Adult Knee: Knee Arthroplasty, Second Edition, brings together the knowledge and expertise of internationally recognized experts in the field in one convenient volume. Covers knee biomechanics relevant to knee arthroplasty, alternatives to knee arthroplasty to alleviate arthritis, and primary total knee arthroplasty, including perioperative issues. Discusses complications including stiff knee, periprosthetic fractures, and instability, revision total knee arthroplasty, and management of infections in total knee replacement"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Clara D. Bloomfield.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1=, 1982
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC643 .A33
    1
  • Digital
    Eric O. Klineberg, editor.
    Contents:
    Defining Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Imaging Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Radiographic Parameters for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Patient Reported Outcome Measures Available for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Impact of Depression on the Treatment of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Pre-Operative Clinical Evaluation of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Non-Operative Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Surgical Alignment Goals for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Intra-Operative Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Biologics for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Assessing the Need for Decompression for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Minimally Invasive Techniques for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Anterior Column Release for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Anterior Column Support Options for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Releases and Osteotomies Used for the Correction of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Distal Fixation for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis: Indications and Techniques
    Diagnosis and Classification of Proximal Junctional Kyphosis and Proximal Junctional Failure
    Prevention Strategies for Proximal Junctional Kyphosis
    Complications Following Surgical Intervention for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Peri-Operative Patient Management of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Patient Reported Outcomes Following the Treatment of Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Health Economic Value of the Treatment for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis
    Future Directions for Adult Lumbar Scoliosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    [edited by] P. Maxwell Courtney, Yale A. Fillingham; series editor, Stephen R. Thompson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    volume editor, Karl Lenhard Rudolph.
    Contents:
    Speakers at the symposium
    Stem cells in adult intestine / Feng, J., Sperka, T.
    Molecular mechanisms of muscle stem cell aging / Schwërer, S., Tümpel, S.
    Mechanism of functional alterations in hematopoietic stem cell aging / Morita, Y.
    The microenvironment, aging, and disease / Geiger, H.
    Sestrins in aging and metabolism / Tang, D., Tao S.
    Telomeres and stem cell aging / Felix, D.A.
    DNA damage and checkpoint responses in adult stem cells / Romanov, V., Shukla, A., Ju, Z.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Toshiki Watanabe, Takuya Fukushima, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on the epidemiology, molecular and genetic features, anti-CCR4 antibody therapy and a nationwide study of transplantation on human T-leukemia virus type-I (HTLV-1) and adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL). This rare but important disease has restricted endemic areas and distinct clinical features such as a high frequency of hypercalcemia, strong predisposition to infection and poor response to chemotherapy, aspects which set ATL apart from other types of non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Given the small number of patients, enrollment in clinical trials has not been feasible, and establishing treatment standard has been difficult but new evidence, such as results of nationwide studies on transplantation, have shown new insights and potential treatments. Based on recent evidence, the book presents new treatment methods for ATL and infection prevention of HTLV-1, enabling clinicians, researchers and post-docs specializing in hematology and virology to gain a valuable overview of the disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Ideal Shape of Umbilicus
    Classification
    History
    Position of Umbilicus
    Umbilical Reconstructive Techniques
    Melanoma
    Complications and Outcome.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jean-Pierre Michel, Stefania Maggi, editors.
    Summary: After introductory chapters devoted to the safe production and distribution of vaccines, the book addresses the question of adult vaccination in the framework of a life-course approach to vaccination. It presents the proceedings of multidisciplinary expert discussions with an excellent summary of the current state of knowledge on adult vaccination in various diseases, as well as an overview of the professionals involved and the obstacles to achieving greater vaccine uptake, and how these may be addressed. The book systematically discusses the major vaccine-preventable diseases, as well as regulatory issues in vaccine provision, and presents the results of an expert meeting designed to identify the obstacles to vaccination, and solutions for addressing these barriers. It goes on to extend the discussion beyond the traditional boundaries of human health to encompass the “one health” concept. The book is intended for all those with an interest in vaccination, including physicians (from a wide range of disciplines including geriatrics/gerontology, infectious diseases, pediatrics, internal medicine, and other non-organ specialties), other healthcare professionals, pharmacists, representatives of the pharmaceutical industry and regulatory bodies (EMEA, national authorities), policymakers, the media and the general public.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shabnum Shaheen, Sehrish Ramzan, Farah Khan, Mushtaq Ahmad.
    Summary: Substitution and adulteration in traded herbal raw material are common practice in the herbal industry due to the extinction of required species, deforestation and incorrect taxonomical identification. Herbalists have adopted methods to create high quality adulteration which cannot be detected without performing microscopic examination or chemical analysis. It is difficult to establish specific quality control standards due to the complex nature and innate unpredictability of the chemical constituents of medicinal herbs.The main parameters for measurement and adulteration prevention in medicinal herbs are morphological and microscopic investigation, chemical profiling and DNA barcoding. The need for highly sensitive and more effective approaches for the authentication of medicinal herbs is necessary in order to promote the acceptance of herbal products. Adulteration In Traditional Medicinal Herbs is aimed at promoting awareness of adulteration in traditional herbal medicines for the worldwide scientific community. Parameters are established for the prevention of adulteration through classical and modern scientific tools. Valuable case studies are presented based on ethno-medicinal surveys performed in many herbal markets in Pakistan. Collections of various samples were obtained from these shops then compared with the original plants collected from field. Various phytochemical, organoleptic and DNA barcoding techniques were used in order to detect adulteration in the marketed herbal samples. This book is the first of its kind and is aimed at helping the scientific community to identify particular medicinal plants which are facing adulteration problems in herbal markets and to estimate the extent of adulteration and substitution in commonly used medicinal herbs.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1: Adulteration A Global Issue
    CHAPTER 2: Types and Causes of Adulteration: Global Perspectives
    CHAPTER 3: Why Study Herbal Plants?
    CHAPTER 4: History, Classification, Worldwide Distribution and Significance of Herbal Plants
    CHAPTER 5: Marketed Herbal Drugs: How Adulteration Affects
    CHAPTER 6: Preventive Measures to Stop Adulteration in Marketed Herbal Samples
    CHAPTER 7: Medicinal Wealth of Pakistan
    CHAPTER 8: Marketed Herbal Plants in Pakistan: Case Studies
    CHAPTER 9: List of Commonly used Herbal Drugs throughout the World
    CHAPTER 10: A pictorial guide of marketed herbal plants: Comparison with the original sample.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Lack, Nikola Biller-Andorno, Susanne Brauer, editors.
    Summary: This volume gives an overview on the currently debated ethical issues regarding advance directives from an international perspective. It focuses on a wider understanding of the known and widely accepted concept of patient self-determination for future situations. Although advance directives have been widely discussed since the 1980s, the ethical bases of advance directives still remain a matter of heated debates. The book aims to contribute to these controversial debates by integrating fundamental ethical issues on advance directives with practical matters of their implementation. Cultural, national and professional differences in how advance directives are understood by health care professions and by patients, as well as in laws and regulations, are pinpointed.

    Contents:
    History of Advance Directives and Prerequisites for Validity
    Defining the Scope of Advance Directives
    Effects on Family, Friends and Professional Relations
    Ethical Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Dongqing Wei, Qin Xu, Tangzhen Zhao, Hao Dai, editors.
    Summary: This text examines in detail mathematical and physical modeling, computational methods and systems for obtaining and analyzing biological structures, using pioneering research cases as examples. As such, it emphasizes programming and problem-solving skills. It provides information on structure bioinformatics at various levels, with individual chapters covering introductory to advanced aspects, from fundamental methods and guidelines on acquiring and analyzing genomics and proteomics sequences, the structures of protein, DNA and RNA, to the basics of physical simulations and methods for conformation searches. This book will be of immense value to researchers and students in the fields of bioinformatics, computational biology and chemistry. Dr. Dongqing Wei is a Professor at the Department of Bioinformatics and Biostatistics, College of Life Science and Biotechnology, Shanghai Jiaotong University, Shanghai, China. His research interest is in the general area of structural bioinformatics.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Structural Bioinformatics
    Modeling and Structure Determination
    The Structure Prediction of Biological Macromolecules
    The Biological Macromolecules in Computational Biology
    The Functional Analysis of Biological Macromolecules
    The Structure-Based Drug Design.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Yu-jie Liu, Jing Xue, Chang-ming Huang, Chun-bao Li, editors.
    Summary: This book provides novel arthroscopy techniques and applications to clinical practitioners, including sports medicine therapeutics, orthopaedic surgeons, specialist training candidates, rehabilitation clinicians. Small incisions per minimally invasive surgery using a camera mounted on a thin tube to visualize, repair and reconstruct joint-associated structures are accepted and welcomed by the sports medicine field. Arthroscopy technique as a minimally invasive surgical method, in Orthopeadics is not only for the treatment of intra-articular diseases but also an advanced conception for treatment of extra-articular diseases and peri-articular fractures. After performing years of arthroscopy, authors intend to provide an elite technique demonstration of each procedure, including indications, technique, complications, and results. There are three main parts of the book, including the extra-articular application of arthroscopy techniques, arthroscopic minimally invasive techniques for the treatment of intra-articular fractures, and Innovative technology for repair and reconstruction of bone and joint injuries. Key technical points and experience of arthroscopic repair of joint injuries, dislocation of joints, fixation of the intra-articular fractures, ligament release for limbs are illustrated. Special situations such as congenital torticollis, deltoid contracture, gluteal muscle contracture, bone grafting, removal of locking plate and screw and benign tumors treatment are also included.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Application of arthroscopy technology outside joints
    1 Endoscopic release of congenital muscular torticollis with radiofrequency under local anesthesia
    2 Arthroscopic acromioclavicular arthroplasty for Acromioclavicular impingement
    3 Radiofrequency Micro-debridement under Arthroscopy for Tennis Elbow (Lateral Epicondylitis)
    4 Arthroscopic Transverse Carpal Ligament Release for Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    5 Arthroscopic palmar membrane release for Dupuytren's disease
    6 Arthroscopic Release of the Deltoid Contracture
    7 Arthroscopic Gluteal Muscle Contracture Release with Radiofrequency Energy
    8 Removal of popliteal cyst under endoscopy
    9 Arthroscopic Curettage of Benign Bone Tumors
    10 Removal of plate and screws under endoscopy
    11 Minimally Invasive Arthroscopy for Achilles Tendinopathy
    12 Arthroscopic percutaneous suture of Achilles tendon ruptures
    13 Arthroscopic Minimally Invasive Surgery for Hallux Valgus Caused by Bunion
    Part 2 Arthroscopic minimally invasive technique for treatment of intra-articular fractures
    14 Arthroscopic prying reduction and fixation for the greater tuberosity fractures
    15 Arthroscopic reduction and fixation of bony bankart lesions
    16 Treatment of fracture of radial head with arthroscopic Prying reduction and fixation
    17 Arthroscopic treatment o of avulsion fracture of the tibial intercondylar eminence
    18 Treatment of tibial plateau fractures with Prying reduction and fixation under arthroscopy
    19 Arthroscopic poking reduction and fixation of ankle fractures
    Part 3 Innovative technology for repair and reconstruction of joint injuries
    20 Reconstruction of anterior cruciate ligament with tendon knot press fitted Technique
    21 Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Remnant Preserving Technique
    22 Femoral and Tibia Fixation with Cross-Pin System in Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction by using Semitendinosus and Gracilis
    23 Applying Allogenetic Cortical Bon e Press-fit Screw in Fixation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    24 Applying Allogenetic Cortical Bone Cross-pin in Fixation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    25 Bone bio-anchors for repairing rotator cuff tear
    26 Repair of Bankart leisure with biological bone anchors
    27 Autologous scapular bone block with bone allograft pins for bony Bankart leisure
    28 Arthroscopic Superior Capsular Reconstruction Using "Sandwich" Complex Patch graft for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
    29 Clearance and radial head resection of Elbow joint of rheumatoid arthritis under arthroscopy
    30 Ankle arthrodesis under arthroscopy
    31 Debridement of Early Hip Joint Lesions in Ankylosing Spondylitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    [edited by] Mary Jo Goolsby, Laurie Grubbs.
    Summary: Step by step, you'll hone your ability to perform effective health assessments, obtain valid data, interpret the findings, and recognize the range of conditions that can be indicated by specific findings to reach an accurate differential diagnosis. You'll have coverage of 170 conditions and symptoms across the lifespan at your fingertips.

    Contents:
    Assessment and clinical decision-making : an overview
    Genomic assessment : interpreting findings and formulating differential diagnoses
    Skin
    Head, face, and neck
    The eye
    Ear, nose, mouth, and throat
    Cardiac and peripheral vascular systems
    Respiratory system
    Breasts
    Abdomen
    Genitourinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Musculoskeletal system
    Neurological system
    Nonspecific complaints
    Psychiatric mental health
    Pediatric patients
    Pregnant patients
    Assessment of the transgender or gender diverse adult
    Older adults
    Persons with disabilities.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Tiwari and Anis N. Nordin.
    Contents:
    1. Frotiers for bulk nanostructured metals in biomedical applications
    2. Stimuli-responsive materials used as medical devices in loading and releasing of drugs
    3. Recent advances with liposomes as drug carriers
    4. Fabrication, properties of nanoshells with controllable surface charge and its applications
    5. Chitosan as an advanced healthcare material
    6. Chitosan and low molecular weight chitosan: biological and biomedical applications
    7. Anticipating behaviour of advanced materials in healthcare
    8. Label-free biochips
    9. Polymer MEMS sensors
    10. Assembly of polymers/metal nanoparticles and their applications as medical devices
    11. Combination of molecular imprinting and nanotechnology: beginning of a new horizon
    12. Prussian blue and analogues: biosensing applications in health care
    13. Efficiency of biosensors as new generation of analytical approaches at the biochemical diagnostics of diseases
    14. Nanoparticles: scope in drug delivery
    14. Smart polypeptide nanocarriers for malignancy therapeutics
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Koen Nieman, Oliver Gaemperli, Patrizio Lancellotti, and Sven Plein.
    Summary: "Advances in Cardiac Imaging presents the latest information on heart disease and heart failure, major causes of death among western populations. In addition, the text explores the financial burden to public healthcare trusts and the vast amount of research and funding being channeled into programs not only to prevent such diseases, but also to diagnose them in early stages. This book provides readers with a thorough overview of many advances in cardiac imaging. Chapters include technological developments in cardiac imaging and imaging applications in a clinical setting with regard to detecting various types of heart disease"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    Part 2 Systems of Care
    Part 3 Effective High-Performance Team Dynamics
    Part 4 The Systematic Approach
    Part 5 The ACLS Cases: Respiratory arrest case ; Acute coronary syndrome case ; Acute stroke case ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pulseless VT case ; Cardiac arrest: pulseless electrical activity case ; Cardiac arrest: asystole case ; Brachycardia case ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable ; Immediate post-cardiac arrest care case
    Appendix
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC675 .A378 2016
    1
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview of ACLS. Introduction ; Systems of care ; Systematic approach
    Part 2: Preventing arrest. Recognition: signs of clinical deterioration ; Acute coronary syndromes ; Acute stroke ; Bradycardia ; Tachycardia: stable and unstable
    Part 3: High-performance teams. High-performance team roles and dynamics ; Respiratory arrest ; Cardiac arrest: VF/pVT ; Cardiac arrest: PEA and asystole ; Cardiac arrest: selected special situations ; Post-cardiac arrest care
    Appendices: Testing checklists and learning station checklists ; ACLS pharmacology summary table ; Science summary table ; Glossary.
    Digital Access AHA 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Toyooki Sonoda, editor.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic Instruments
    Difficult Polpys: Conventional methods
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection (ESD)
    Combined Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Surgery (CELS)
    Colonic Stenting
    Endoscopic Treatment of Perforations of Fistulas.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sang W. Lee, Howard M. Ross, David E. Rivadeneira, Scott R. Steele, Daniel L. Feingold, editors.
    Contents:
    History of Colonoscopy
    Anatomic Basis of Colonoscopy
    Colonoscopy Photo Atlas
    How to Achieve High Rates of Bowel Preparation Adequacy
    Patient comfort during colonoscopy
    VTE Prophylaxis: How to optimize patients on anticoagulation and avoid infectious complications
    Endoscopic Equipment and Instrumentation
    Basic Colonoscopic Techniques to Reach the Cecum
    Basic Colonoscopic Interventions: Cold, Hot Biopsy Techniques, Submucosal Injection, Clip Application, Snare Biopsy
    Current Guidelines for Colonoscopy
    Difficult Colonoscopy: tricks and new techniques for getting to the cecum
    How to recognize, characterize, and manage premalignant and malignant colorectal polyps
    Detection: (CQI) Quality measures and tools for improvement
    Advanced endoscopic imaging: polyps and dysplasia detection
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Endoscopic Mucosal Dissection
    Applications of intra-operative endoscopy
    Combined Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Surgery (CELS)
    Endoluminal Colorectal Stenting
    How to Avoid Complications/Treatment of Endoscopic Complications
    Alternative Colorectal Imaging
    Current Endoluminal Approaches: Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery, Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery and Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Edward C. Benzel and H. Michael Mayer, editors.
    Summary: In this book, leading international specialists in the field join forces to discuss topics, issues, and approaches that are of key importance in the optimal treatment of lumbar degenerative disk disease. The coverage is wide ranging, from current understanding of physiopathology and genetics and modern imaging techniques through to the diverse minimally invasive, non-fusion, and fusion surgical techniques. Detailed attention is drawn to the most important aspects to be considered when approaching the patient and making treatment decisions. The role of conservative management is appraised, and surgical techniques and their indications are carefully described. Emphasis is placed on the importance of sagittal balance for treatment success. Among the various other subjects covered are psychosocial issues, legal aspects, outcome evaluation, and the relative merits of evidence-based medicine and individual experience. In the concluding section, some of the top specialists from across the world reflect on the lessons that they have learned during lifetimes in spinal surgery. Advanced Concepts in Lumbar Degenerative Disk Disease is intended as the definitive book on this important subject. It will be an instructive and fascinating source of information for all spine surgeons and other spine care providers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ehrenfeld, Neal D. Futran, Paul Manson, Joachim Prein.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    editors, Vicki S. Good, DNP, RN, CENP, CPPS, System Director Clinical Quality/Safety, CoxHealth, Springfield, Missouri, Peggy L. Kirkwood, MSN, RN, ACNPC, CHFN, AACC, Cardiovascular and Palliative Care Nurse Practitioner, Mission Hospital, Mission Viejo, California.
    Summary: Learn to effectively address life-threatening and potentially life-threatening patient conditions, with Advanced Critical Care Nursing, 2nd Edition. Endorsed by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN), this comprehensive, nursing-focused text centers on the clinical reasoning process as it helps you comprehend, analyse, synthesize, and apply advanced critical care knowledge and concepts. The book is organized within the structure of body systems along with synthesis chapters that address patient conditions involving multiple body systems. Numerous illustrations and graphs plus unfolding case studies further aid your understanding and help you apply text content. In all, Advanced Critical Care Nursing is the must-have resource dedicated to helping you oversee or care for critical care patients in any practice setting. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Evolving Critical Care Environment
    Advanced Dysrhythmias
    Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Heart Failure
    Cardiac Surgery
    Valvular Disease and Surgery
    Vascular Emergencies
    Heart and Lung Transplantation
    Acute Respiratory Failure and Acute Lung Injury
    Mechanical Ventilation and Weaning
    Thoracic Surgery
    Head Injury and Dysfunction
    Cerebrovascular Disorders
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Special Neurologic Patient Populations
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Liver Dysfunction and Failure
    Pancreatitis
    The Gut in Critical Illness
    Liver, Kidney, and/or Pancreas Transplantation
    Electrolyte Emergencies
    Complex Acid-Base Disorders and Associated Electrolyte Imbalances
    Acute Renal Failure
    Glycemic Control
    Pituitary, Thyroid, and Adrenal Disorders
    Blood Conservation / Blood Component Replacement
    Coagulopathies
    Shock and End Points of Resuscitation
    Optimizing Hemodynamics: Strategies for Fluid and Medication Titration in Shock
    Trauma and Mass-Casualty Competencies
    Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome and Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
    Caring for the Immunocompromised Patient
    Caring for the Patient in the Immediate Postoperative Period
    Caring for the Critically Ill Pregnant Patient
    Caring for the Pediatric Patient in an Adult Critical Care Unit
    Caring for the Critically Ill Elderly Patient
    Caring for the Critically Ill Patient with a Neuropsychiatric Disorder
    Caring for the Bariatric Patient
    Pain and Sedation
    Comorbid Conditions
    Oncologic Emergencies
    Chemical Dependency
    End-of-Life Care
    Appendix A: Answers to Decision Point Questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    Ahmad A. Aref, Rohit Varma, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Advanced Glaucoma Surgery: An Overview
    2 Trabecular Micro-bypass Stent for the Treatment of Co-existent Cataract and Mild Open-Angle Glaucomas
    3 Trabectome-Mediated Ab Interno Trabeculectomy for Secondary Glaucoma or as a Secondary Procedure
    4 Lens Extraction in Angle Closure Glaucoma
    5 Gonioscopy Assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy (GATT) for the Treatment of Adult and Developmental Glaucomas
    6 Ab-Interno Subconjunctival Glaucoma Implant for Advanced Open-Angle Glaucomas
    7 Nonpenetrating Glaucoma Surgery
    8 Endoscopic Cyclophotocoagulation in the Treatment of Plateau Iris and Angle Closure Glaucomas
    9 Ex-PRESS Miniature Glaucoma Shunt for the Treatment of Uveitic Glaucomas
    10 Surgical Management of Normal Tension Glaucoma
    11 Glaucoma Drainage Implant Surgery Combined with Pars Plana Vitrectomy and KPro Implantation
    12 The Modified Schocket Procedure
    13 Ab-interno Bleb Needling
    14 Drainage of Choroidal Effusions
    15 Surgical Management of Malignant Glaucoma
    Supplemental Video Table of Contents
    1. Video 3.1. Trabectome Procedure with Goniosynechiolysis
    2.Video 5.1. Gonioscopy Assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy (GATT)
    3.Video 6.1. Xen Gel implantation
    4. Video 7.1. Non-Penetrating Glaucoma Surgery
    5. Video 9.1. Ex-Press Shunt Implantation
    6. Video 10.1. Trabeculectomy with adjunctive Mitomycin-C
    7. Video 11.1. Glaucoma Drainage Implant Surgery Combined with Pars Plana Vitrectomy and KPro Implantation
    8. Video 12.1. Modified Schocket Procedure
    9. Video 13.1. Ab-Interno Trabeculectomy Revision
    10. Video 15.1. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lawrence Robbins.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Migraine and Headache: General
    Chapter 2. Refractory(Difficult to Treat) Headache
    Chapter 3. Child and Adolescent Headaches
    Chapter 4. Cluster Headache. Chapter 5. Psychological Comorbidities
    Chapter 6. Case Studies
    Chapter 7. Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jacqueline Rhoads, Sandra Wiggins Petersen.
    Summary: "This textbook is a tool that is used to help students learn advanced health assessment techniques that focus on the assessment and diagnosis of common disorders of the systems of the body. Most Medical Schools, Physician Assistant School and Schools of Nursing have Advanced Practice curriculums which require an Advanced Health Assessment Course. Most courses are designed to provide students and young practitioners with a glimpse into the minds of experienced clinicians who are assessing and solving therapeutic problems on a daily basis. These students and new practitioners play a vital role in the health assessment of the public. They must know that the focus of the assessment is intense and complete and that the appropriate diagnostic intervention is selected based on solid evidence/clues from the health assessment, which will ensure that the right intervention is ordered for the right patient at the right time with due consideration of costs. It also ensures that the patient knows how, why and when to use the prescribed intervention. This textbook has met this benchmark and will continue to do so with a current edition"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Interviewing and history taking strategies
    Physical examination strategies
    Documentation strategies
    Cultural and spiritual assessment
    Nutritional assessment
    Mental health disorders
    Integumentary disorders
    Eye disorders
    Ear disorders
    Nose, sinus, mouth, and throat disorders
    Respiratory disorders
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Neurological disorders
    Male genitourinary disorders
    Female genitourinary and breast disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Karen M. Myrick, Laima M. Karosas, editors ; expert consultant, Suzanne C. Smeltzer.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Tiwari, Biosensors and Bioelectronics Centre, Linkping University, Sweden.
    Summary: "Advanced Healthcare Nanomaterials summarises the current status of knowledge in the fields of advanced materials for functional therapeutics, point-of-care diagnostics, translational materials, up and coming bio-engineering devices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Functional therapeutics
    Point-of-care diagnostics
    Translational materials
    Emerging bio-engineering devices.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Mikhail Y. Kirov, Vsevolod V. Kuzkov, Bernd Saugel, editors.
    Summary: This book describes how to monitor and optimize cardiovascular dynamics using advanced hemodynamic monitoring in perioperative and intensive care medicine. The book outlines basic skills of hemodynamic monitoring, different techniques including invasive, minimally invasive, and non-invasive methods, and algorithms and treatment strategies for perioperative goal-directed hemodynamic therapy in different groups of surgical patients. Thus, the book reflects current diagnostic and therapeutic approaches in perioperative and intensive care medicine. All sections of this book have a learning-oriented style and are illustrated with tables and figures summarizing the main content. The volume is addressed both to specialists and residents using advanced hemodynamic monitoring; it reflects indications and limitations of current monitoring tools and discuss therapeutic strategies. It also helps readers to integrate new knowledge on monitoring of cardiovascular dynamics into clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Section I. Measurement of pressures
    Pressure physiological background
    Systemic arterial pressure
    Central venous pressure
    Pulmonary pressures
    Section II. Measurement of cardiac output
    Cardiac output physiological background
    Pulmonary artery thermodilution
    Transpulmonary thermodilution
    Pulse wave analysis
    Doppler techniques
    Echocardiography
    Bioimpedance and bioreactance
    Section III. Monitoring of volumetric parameters
    Volumetric parameters physiological background
    Global end-diastolic volume
    Extravascular lung water
    Section IV. Assessment of fluid responsiveness and dynamic tests
    Fluid responsiveness and dynamic tests physiological background
    Dynamic variables
    Dynamic tests
    Section V. Monitoring of microcirculation
    Microcirculation physiological background
    Vital microscopy
    Other techniques
    Section VI. Hemodynamic monitoring and therapy in perioperative medicine
    Hemodynamic monitoring and optimization in cardiac surgery
    Hemodynamic monitoring and optimization in non-cardiac surgery
    Section VII. Hemodynamic monitoring and therapy in Intensive care medicine
    Hypovolemic shock
    Cardiogenic shock
    Distributive shock
    Pulmonary edema
    Section VIII. Future of hemodynamic monitoring and therapy
    New methods and sensors
    Closed loop hemodynamic management
    Artificial intelligence and predictive analytics
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jun Ki Kim, Jeong Kon Kim, Chan-Gi Pack, editors.
    Summary: This book is a wide-ranging guide to advanced imaging techniques and related methods with important applications in translational research or convergence science as progress is made toward a new era in integrative healthcare. Conventional and advanced microscopic imaging techniques, including both non-fluorescent (i.e., label-free) and fluorescent methods, have to date provided researchers with specific and quantitative information about molecules, cells, and tissues. Now, however, the different imaging techniques can be correlated with each other and multimodal methods developed to simultaneously obtain diverse and complementary information. In addition, the latest advanced imaging techniques can be integrated with non-imaging techniques such as mass spectroscopic methods, genome editing, organic/inorganic probe synthesis, nanomedicine, and drug discovery. The book will be of high value for researchers in the biological and biomedical sciences or convergence science who need to use these multidisciplinary and integrated techniques or are involved in developing new analytical methods focused on convergence science. .

    Contents:
    1.Confocal laser scanning microscopy and fluorescence correlation methods for evaluation of molecular interactions
    2.Number and Brightness Imaging: visualization of protein oligomerization state in living cell
    3.Single-molecule analysis on the coupling of molecular state and reaction kinetics
    4.Imaging lipid rafts in the plasma membrane using novel probe and super-resolution microscopy
    5.Multiplex Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
    6.Micro-endoscopy for live small animal fluorescent imaging
    7.Immuno-gold techniques
    8.Correlative Light and Electron Microscopy for Nanoparticle-Cell Interaction
    9.Diagnostic and Therapeutic Nanomedicine
    10.Semiconductor nanocrystals for biological imaging and fluorescence spectroscopy
    11.DNA/RNA fluorescence imaging by synthetic nucleic acids
    Section II: Label-free techniques and advanced tomographic imaging
    12. Magnetic resonance imaging for preclinical study
    13.Holotomography techniques for 3D label-free imaging of live cells and tissues
    14.Dynamic-contrast optical imaging techniques
    15.Emerging biological and clinical applications of photoacoustic tomography
    Section III: Potential (synergic) biotechnologies to be joined with imaging techniques
    16.Generation of genetically-engineered mouse models using CRISPR-Cas system
    17.Highly efficient generation of cell lines stably expressing genes of interest via Cre recombinase mediated knock-in method in mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells and its application for microscopic imaging techniques
    18.Mass spectrometry based metabolomics in translational research
    19.Application of mass spectrometry in drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics for drug development
    20.Discovery and Application of Chemical Probes for Translational Research
    21.Regeneration of skin cells by mesenchymal stem cell-derived exosomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Francesco M. Sacerdoti, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Contents:
    Test equipment in biology laboratories
    Automation software (acquisition, control and analysis concepts)
    Digital Image Processing (F. Sacerdoti)
    Statistic Analysis.-€ Cell identification
    Cell classification & Counting.-€ Cell aggregation
    Skin and body analysis (F. Melchi & F.M. Sacerdoti)
    Space or Space Simulation equipments
    Off-the-shelf Analysis Software. Commercial & Open Source
    Commercial Test Equipment
    Best practices.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Georgios E. Romanos.
    Contents:
    Laser Fundamental Principles / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Wound Healing / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers in Oral Surgery / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Bone Surgery / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers in Periodontology / Georgios E Romanos
    Lasers and Implants / Georgios E Romanos
    Photodynamic Therapy in Periodontal and Peri-Implant Treatment / Anton Sculean, Georgios E Romanos
    Understanding Laser Safety in Dentistry / Vangie Dennis, Patti Owens, Georgios E Romanos
    Appendix A: Suggested Reading
    Appendix B
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicolas Mess, Dafang Zhong, Qin C. Ji.
    Contents:
    Advanced LC-MS applications in bioanalysis / Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicholas Mess, Dafang Zhong & Qin C. Ji
    Method development strategies in bioanalysis / Shefali R. Patel & Naidong Weng
    High-throughput methods for LC-MS bioanalysis / Xianmei Cai & Wilson Shou
    Phospholipids-based matrix effect elimination techniques / Vincenzo Pucci
    Advanced sample preparation techniques prior to LC-MS / Yong Q. Tang
    Complex sample types / Bernd A. Bruenner, Mary C. Wells & Christopher A. James
    Advanced separation methods / Roger N. Hayes
    Multidimensional separation methods / Graeme T. Clark
    Computational approaches in developing accelerated chiral liquid chromatography techniques for mass spectral assays Min Meng, Laixin Wang & Scott Reuschel
    Novel MS detection methods / Pan Deng & Dafang Zhong
    Novel calibration approaches for LC-MS bioanalysis / Aimin Tan, Kayode Awaiye & Fethi Trabelsi
    Liquid chromatography mass spectrometry quantitative bioanalysis of proteins / Long Yuan, Annik Bergeron, Jean-Nicholas Mess, Fabio Garofolo, Anne-Françoise Aubry & Qin C. Ji
    Dried blood spots and their role in bioanalysis / John S. Williams & Christopher L. Brummel
    Analytical approaches to support microdose studies in drug discovery and development / Jim X. Shen, Yue Zhao & Xiaohui (Sophia) Xu.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Christoph Borchers, Jun Han & Carol Parker.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    S.B. Brandes, A.F. Morey, editors ; foreword by Guido Barbagli.
    Summary: Since the publication of the first edition of Urethral Reconstructive Surgery, important refinements have been added to the urologic surgical armamentarium. Extensively revised and updated, Advanced Male Urethral and Genital Reconstructive Surgery, Second Edition guides urologists in a practical manner on how to evaluate and manage complex urethral and male genital reconstructive challenges. Chapters have been added on wound healing, synchronous urethral strictures, non-transecting anastomotic urethroplasty (including muscle and vessel sparing), overlapping buccal grafts, male urethral slings, genital skin grafting, Peyronies surgery, priapism, pediatric strictures, and prosthetics. Such chapters greatly strengthen the overall appeal of the book. The volume closes with a new comprehensive appendix of preferred instruments. With broad contributions by international authorities in reconstructiveurologic surgery, Advanced Male Urethral and Genital Reconstructive Surgery, Second Edition is a valuable resource for all urologists, from residents to reconstructive surgeons.

    Contents:
    1. Decision Making and Surgical Technique in Urethroplasty / Steven B. Brandes
    2. Male Urethra and External Genitalia Anatomy / Peter A. Humphrey
    3. Vascular Anatomy of Genital Skin and the Urethra: Implications for Urethral Reconstruction / Steven B. Brandes
    4. Lichen Sclerosus / Ramon Virasoro and Gerald H. Jordan
    5. Imaging of the Male Urethra / Nirvikar Dahiya, Christine O. Menias, and Cary L. Siegel
    6. Practical Plastic Surgery: Techniques for the Reconstructive Urologist / Hema J. Thakar and Daniel D. Dugi III
    7. The Epidemiology, Clinical Presentation, and Economic Burden of Urethral Stricture / Keith Rourke
    8. Etiology, Histology, and Classification of Urethral Stricture Disease / Sean Elliot and Steven B. Brandes
    9. Urethrotomy and Other Minimally Invasive Interventions for Urethral Stricture / Chris F. Heyns
    10. Endourethral Prostheses for Urethral Stricture / Daniel Yachia and Zeljko Markovic
    11. Fossa Navicularis and Meatal Reconstruction / Noel A. Armenakas
    12. Stricture Excision and Primary Anastomosis for Anterior Urethral Strictures / Reynaldo G. Gomez
    13. Oral Mucosal Graft Urethroplasty / Guido Barbagli and Salvadore Sansalome
    14. Lingual Grafts / Alchiede Simonato and Andrea Gregori
    15. The Augmented Anastomotic Urethroplasty / Michael L. Guralnick and R. Corey O'Connor
    16. Penile Skin Flaps for Urethral Reconstruction / Benjamin N. Breyer and Jack W. McAninch
    17. Panurethral Strictures / Carlos Guidice
    18. The Application of Muscular, Myocutaneous, and Fasclocutaneous Flaps as Adjuncts in Complex Refractory Urethral Disorders / Leonard N. Zinman and Jill C. Buckley
    19. Posterior Urethral Strictures / A.R. Mundy and Daniela E. Andrich
    20. Staged Urethroplasty / Chris McClung and Hunter Wessells
    21. Complications of Urethroplasty / Ofer Shenfeld
    22. Postprostatectomy Strictures / Margit Fisch, Daniel Pfalzgraf, and C. Phillip Reiss
    23. Radiotherapy-Induced Urethral Strictures / Steven B. Brandes
    24. Complex Urinary Fistulas of the Posterior Urethra and Bladder / Steven B. Brandes
    25. Reconstruction of Failed Urethroplasty / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    26. Urethral Stent Complications and Methods for Explantation / Jill C. Buckley
    27. Reoperative Hypospadias Surgery and Management of Complications / Douglas E. Coplen
    28. Follow-Up Strategies After Urethral Stricture Treatment / Chris F. Heyns
    29. Urethral Rest as Precursor for Urethroplasty / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    30. The Use of Patient-Reported Outcome Measures in Men with Urethral Stricture Disease / Lee C. Zhao and Christopher M. Gonzalez
    31. Reconstruction of Synchronous Urethral Strictures / Steven J. Hudak and Allen F. Morey
    32. Perineal Urethrostomy / Andrew C. Peterson
    33. Double Overlapping Buccal Grafts / Enzo Palminteri and Elisa Berdondini
    34. Muscle-, Nerve-, and Vascular-Sparing Techniques in Anterior Urethroplasty / Sanjay B. Kulkarni and Pankaj M. Joshi
    35. Primary and Secondary Reconstruction of the Neophallus Urethra / Miroslav L. Djordjevic
    36. Tissue Engineering of the Urethra: The Basics, Current Concept, and the Future / Ryan P. Terlecki and Anthony Atala
    37. Pediatric Urethral Strictures / Michael H. Johnson, Steven B. Brandes, and Douglas E. Coplen
    38. Non-transecting Bulbar Urethroplasty / A.R. Mundy and Daniela E. Andrich
    39. Genital Skin Loss and Scrotal Reconstruction / Daniel Rosenstein
    40. Surgery for Priapism / Arthur L. Burnett and Ifeanyichuku Anusionwu
    41. Penile Skin Grafting and Resurfacing of the Glans / Giulio Garaffa, Salvatore Sansalome, and David John Ralph
    42. Peyronie's Disease Reconstruction: Simple and Complex / Laurence A. Levine and Stephen M. Larsen
    43. The Buried Penis in Adults / Richard A. Santucci and Mang L. Chen
    44. Penile Fracture / Jack H. Mydlo and Leo R. Doumaniao
    45. Vascular Surgery for Erectile Dysfunction / Jacqueline D. Villalta and Tom F. Lue
    46. Penile and Inguinal Reconstruction and Tissue Preservation for Penile Cancer / Steven B. Brandes and Jairam R. Eswara
    47. New Advances in Penile Implant Surgery / Steven K. Wilson and John D. Terrell
    48. Artificial Urinary Sphincters: Reoperative Techniques and Management of Complications / Landon Trost and Daniel S. Elliott
    49. Reconstruction and Salvage of Failed Male Urethral Slings / Jack M. Zuckerman and Kurt McCammon
    50. Post-prostatectomy Incontinence (Evaluation and Practical Urodynamics) / H. Henry Lai and Timothy B. Boone.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Ashwani Kumar, Yatika Gori, Avinash Kumar, Chandan Swaroop Meena and Nitesh Dutt.
    Summary: "The text covers recent developments in biomaterials like graphene reinforced magnesium metal matrix, magnesium alloys, and 2D nanomaterials. It will help senior undergraduate, graduate students, and academic researchers in the fields of biomedical engineering, mechanical engineering, materials science, ergonomics, and human factors"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Print
    edited by Raju Khan, Chetna Dhand, S. K. Sanghi, Shabi Thankaraj Salammal, and A. B. P. Mishra.
    Summary: "This book provides a well-focused and comprehensive overview of novel technologies involved in advanced microfluidics based diagnosis via various types of prognostic and diagnostic biomarkers. Moreover, i also contains detailed descriptions on the diagnosis of novel techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The basic concept for microfluidics-based devices / Vibhav Katoch, Bhanu Prakash
    Role of microfluidics-based point-of-care testing (POCT) for clinical applications / Arpana Parihar, Dipesh Singh Parihar, Pushpesh Ranjan, Raju Khan
    Microfluidic paper-based analytical devices for glucose detection / Shristi Handa, Vibhav Katoch, Bhanu Prakash
    Microfluidics based point-of-care diagnostic devices / A. K. Sen, A. Nath, A. Sudeepthi, S. K. Jain, U. Banerjee
    Microfluidic device for isolation of circulating tumour cells in blood / A. K. Sen, U. Banerjee, S. K. Jain, A. Nath, A. Sudeepthi
    D printed microfluidic device with Integrated biosensors for biomedical applications / Priyanka Prabhakar, Raj Kumar Sen, Neeraj Dwivedi, Raju Khan, Pratima R. Solanki, Satanand Mishra, Avanish Kumar Srivastava, and Chetna Dhand
    Integrated biosensor for rapid and point-of-care biomedical diagnosis / Sunil Kumar and Rashmi Madhuri
    Paper-based microfluidic devices with integrated nanostructured materials for glucose detection / Abhinav Sharma, Wejdan S. AlGhamdi, Hendrik Faber, Thomas D. Anthopoulos
    Microfluidic devices as miniaturized analytical module for cancer diagnosis / Niraj K. Vishwakarma, Parul Chaurasia, Pranjal Chandra and Sanjeev Kumar Mahto
    Analytical devices with instrument-free detection based on paper microfluidics / S. Seetasang, T. Kaneta
    Micromixers and microvalves for point-of-care diagnosis and lab-on-a-chip applications / Aarathi Pradeep, T. G. Satheesh Babu
    Microfluidic contact lenses for ocular diagnostics / A.Dennyson Savariraj, A. A. Khan, M. Elsherif, F. Alam, B. Alqattan, Ahmed E. Salih, A. A. S. J. Alghailani, A. K. Yetisen, H. Butt
    Microfluidic platforms for wound healing analysis / Lynda Velutheril Thomas, Priyadarsini S
    Chromatographic separation and visual detection on wicking microfluidic devices / Keisham Radhapyari, Nirupama Guru Aribam, Suparna Datta, Snigdha Dutta, Rinkumoni Barman, Raju Khan
    Microfluidic electrochemical sensor system for simultaneous multi biomarker analyses / Mayank Garg, Reetu Rani, Amit L. Sharma, Suman Singh
    Commercialization of microfluidic point-of-care diagnostic devices / Pushpesh Ranjan, Mohd. Abubakar Sadique, Arpana Parihar, Chetna Dhand, Alka Mishra, and Raju Khan.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Miranda Lomer.
    Contents:
    Physiology and function of the gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary tract
    Dietary components relevant to gastrointestinal health
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Hepatobiliary disorders.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Hickson, Sara Smith.
    Contents:
    Background to undernutrition
    Identification of undernutrition
    Nutrition requirements in nutrition support
    Nutritional interventions to prevent and treat undernutrition
    Undernutrition and nutritional support in clinical specialities.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Catherine Hankey.
    Summary: "This addition to the British Dietetic Association Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics book series is written for clinicians and researchers who work with any aspect of obesity and its comorbid conditions. Featuring contributions from leading researchers and practitioners from around the globe Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics in Obesity offers a uniquely international perspective on what has become a worldwide public health crisis. Chapters cover a full range of new ideas and research on the underlying drivers of obesity in populations including discussions on the genetic and clinical aspects of obesity, along with expert recommendations on how to effectively manage and prevent this chronic and persistent disease. Providing a comprehensive overview of the key literature in this field, Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics in Obesity is an invaluable resource for all those all those whose work should or does embrace any aspect of obesity"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, Shirley Triest-Robertson, PhD, AOCNS, ACHPN, ACNSBC, RN-BC (Pain), Wendy H. Vogel, MSN, FNP, AOCNP.
    Contents:
    Cancer prevention, screening, and early detection
    Genetic risk
    Cancer diagnosis and staging
    Chemotherapy, targeted biotherapy, and molecular therapy
    Surgery
    Radiation therapy
    Blood and marrow stem cell transplantation
    Complementary and integrative therapies
    Clinical research
    Pain, fatigue, and cognitive impairment
    Myelosuppression
    Cardiac and pulmonary toxicities
    Gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and hepatic toxicities
    Neurologic, ocular, and dermatologic toxicities
    Metabolic emergencies
    Structural oncologic emergencies
    Psychosocial management
    Cancer survivorship
    Palliative and end-of-life care
    Roles of the oncology advanced practice nurse
    Professional practice of advanced practice nurses
    Test questions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Frank A. Carey and Richard J. Sundberg.
    Contents:
    pt. A. Structure and mechanisms
    pt. B. Reactions and synthesis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    edited by Martin Samuels, Sue Wieteska.
    Summary: This course book gives guidance on life-threatening emergencies in children. It covers recognition of the seriously ill child, basic life support, treatment of shock, in a structured approach to the seriously injured child.

    Contents:
    Structured approach to emergency paediatrics
    Human factors
    The structured approach to the seriously ill child
    The child with breathing difficulties
    The child in shock
    The child with an abnormal pulse rate or rhythm
    The child with a decreased conscious level
    The convulsing child
    Introduction to the seriously injured child
    The structured approach to the seriously injured child
    The child with chest injury
    The child with abdominal injury
    The child with traumatic brain injury
    The child with injuries to the extremities or the spine
    The burned or scalded child
    The child with an electrical injury or drowning
    Life support
    Basic life support
    Advanced support of the airway and ventilation
    The management of cardiac arrest
    Practical procedures : airway and breathing
    Practical procedures : circulation
    Practical procedures : trauma
    Imaging in trauma
    Structured approach to stabilisation and transfer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    [edited by] J. David Prologo, Charles E. Ray.Jr.
    Summary: "Minimally-invasive techniques with fewer complications are continually being developed to provide relief to patients with debilitating, unrelenting pain. Although significant advancements have been made and development continues at a rapid pace, it is essential that progress continues and clinicians unfamiliar with these techniques learn and incorporate them into practice. Advanced Pain Management in Interventional Radiology edited by renowned interventional radiologists J. David Prologo and Charles E. Ray Jr. is the first textbook to use case examples to detail the latest image-guided interventional approaches to treat conditions, diseases, and syndromes associated with unremitting, incapacitating pain. Fifty chapters by top experts in the field provide reviews of clinical conditions and technical guidance on how to perform procedures for a wide range of challenging pain conditions. The book starts with an insightful chapter on opioids, with discussion of history, the devastating opioid crisis, an overview of interventional pain procedures, and the important role interventional radiologists play in decreasing opioid use in select populations. Subsequently, each of the case-based chapters is consistently formatted with the case presentation, clinical evaluation, review of pertinent imaging, development of a treatment plan (including non-IR treatment options), technical details, potential complications, and a literature review of the featured technique"-- Provided by publisher
  • Print
    Ellen Chiocca.
    Summary: "Pediatric healthcare experts agree that the health care needs of children are vastly different from those of adults. From infancy through adolescence, a child experiences many dramatic anatomical, physiologic, psychosocial, developmental, and cognitive changes. Thus, it is critical for the pediatric health care provider to possess specialized knowledge and skills to accurately assess children during health and illness. Concepts related to the health assessment and physical examination of adults cannot be universally applied to the care of children; children are not simply little adults"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Child Health Assessment : An Overview
    Assessment of Child Development and Behavior
    Communicating with Children and Families
    Assessment of the Family
    Cultural Assessment of Children and Families
    Obtaining the Pediatric Health History
    Assessing Safety and Injury Risk in Children
    The Pediatric Physical Examination
    The Health Supervision Visit: Wellness Examinations in Children
    Assessment of Nutritional Status
    Assessment of the Neonate
    Assessment of the Integumentary System
    Assessment of the Head, Neck, and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Ears
    Assessment of the Eyes
    Assessment of the Face, Nose, and Oral Cavity
    Assessment of the Thorax, Lungs, and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Cardiovascular System
    Assessment of the Abdomen and Regional Lymphatics
    Assessment of the Reproductive and Genitourinary Systems
    Assessment of the Musculoskeletal System
    Assessment of the Neurologic System
    Assessment of Mental Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    Assessment of Child Abuse and Neglect
    The Complete History and Physical Examination : From Start to Finish
    Formulating a Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    [editor] Lea S. Eiland
    Summary: Advanced Pediatric Therapeutics (APT), Edition 2 is organized by pharmacy practice setting with major sections dedicated to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU), Pediatric Intensive Care Unit (PICU), Inpatient and Outpatient general practice, and Hematology/Oncology practice. The primary focus is advanced management techniques, emerging research, and clinical controversies for each disease state. Each chapter incorporates a patient case and assessment questions.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Neonatal Intensive Care Unit
    Section 2: Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Section 3: General Pediatrics
    Section 4: Hematology/Oncology
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RJ52 E35 2023
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew D. McEvoy, Cory M. Furse.
    Summary: A high-yield, clinically-relevant resource for understanding the epidemiology, pathophysiology, assessment, and management of a wide variety of perioperative emergencies. Each chapter opens with a clinical case, followed by a discussion of the relevant evidence. Case-based learning discussion questions, which can be used for self-assessment or in the classroom, round out each chapter. This work is an ideal resource for trainees, clinicians, and nurses who work in the perioperative arena, from the operating room to the postoperative surgical ward.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy C. Tkacs, Linda L. Herrmann, Randall L. Johnson.
    Summary: This advanced physiology and pathophysiology text is designed to address the specific learning needs of future nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and other advanced healthcare providers caring for patients across the lifespan. Focusing on practical applications of physiology, it facilitates in-depth understanding of important pathophysiological concepts as they relate to major disorders commonly seen in clinical practice and includes comprehensive pediatric and geriatric considerations. This knowledge is crucial to providing the foundation required to be an informed and confident clinical decision maker.

    Contents:
    The foundational concepts of clinical practice
    Chemical and biochemical foundations
    Molecular biology, genetics, and genetic diseases
    Cell physiology and pathophysiology
    Infectious disease
    The immune system and leukocyte function
    Neoplasia
    Blood and clotting
    Circulation
    Heart
    Lungs
    Kidneys
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Liver
    Nervous system
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    List of abbreviations.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Sofia Llahana, Christine Yedinak, Cecilia Follin, Ashlevy Grossman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide for nurses practicing in any area of endocrinology and at any level of expertise. Endocrinology Nursing is a fast-developing specialty with nurses performing advanced roles and expanding their practice to run independent nurse-led services. Supported by the European Society for Endocrinology (ESE) and edited by members of the ESE Nurses Working Group, this is the first book ever published specifically for endocrine nurses. It is also an excellent resource for endocrinology specialty trainees, general practitioners, medical and nursing students, expert patients and nurses working in specialties such as fertility, osteoporosis, oncology, obesity, urology and gynaecology, who look after patients with endocrine-related disorders. This volume includes 13 sections and 69 chapters providing a comprehensive overview of adult and paediatric endocrinology but also a section on advanced practice, role development and nursing research. It has been written by an international team of more than 100 eminent nurses, physicians, surgeons, psychologists and other healthcare professionals, which makes this book a valuable resource for any multidisciplinary team. Many patient advocacy groups have contributed with case studies which emphasises the close working relationships with patients.

    Contents:
    Growth and Development:- The Importance of Auxology for Growth Assessment.-Short stature, growth hormone deficiency and primary IGF-1 deficiency.-Disorders of Sex Development.-Puberty: normal, delayed,and precocious
    Treatment issues in the care of paediatric patients with endocrine conditions
    Transition from paediatric to adult services
    Endocrine disorders & genetics in childhood: Genetics and fanily history.-Congenital hyperinsulinism (CHI) in children.-Genetic syndromes presenting in childhood affecting hypothalamic function.-McCune Albright Syndrome.-Hypothalamus & Pituitary: Anatomy and physiology of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis
    Metabolic effects of the hypothalamic dysfunction
    Sella and supra sella brain tumours and infiltrarive disorders affecting the HPA-axis
    Dynamic Investigations and Diagnostic Testing
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Non functional pituitary adenomas and incidentalomas
    Thyroid Stimulating Hormone Producing Adenomas:TSHomas
    ^Prolactin Producing Adenomas: Prolactinomas
    Growth Hormone Producing Adenomas:Acromegaly
    ACTH Producing Adenomas: Cushing's Disease
    Pituitary surgery
    Radiotherapy
    Hypopituitarism and adult growth hormone deficiency
    The Thyroid Gland: Thyroid Anatomy and Physiology
    Thyroid Investigations
    Hyperthyroidism in adults
    Thyroid Cancer
    Diagnosis and management of hypothyroidism in adults
    Thyroid Eye Disease
    Disorders of the thyroid in childhood and adolescence
    Thyroid disease in pre and post pregnancy
    The Adrenal Gland: Anatomy and Physiology of the thyroid gland
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Adrenal tumours: adrenocortical functioning adenomas, pheochromocytomas, incidentalomas and adrenocortical cancer
    Adrenal insufficiency and cortisol replacement therapy in children and adults
    Female endocrinology and reproduction: Anatomy and physiology of the female reproductive system
    ^Assessment and management of women with Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS)
    Diagnosis and management of Turner Syndrome in Children and Adults
    Premature ovarian insufficiency, menopause and hormone replacement therapy
    Endocrine needs during pregnancy
    Male endocrinology and reproduction: Anatomy and physiology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal (HPG) axis
    Classification of Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal (HPG) axis endocrine disorders
    Evaluation of endocrine disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (HPG) axis
    Testosterone replacement therapy in men
    Spermatogenesis and assisted fertility treatment
    Diagnosis and management of erectile dysfunction in men
    Genetic counselling and psychosexual considerations in male health and reproduction
    Parathyroid, calcium and bone disorders: Hyperparathyroidism and Hypoparathyroidism
    Calcium Disorders
    Congenital and Acquired Bone Disorders
    Osteoporosis
    Vitamin D Deficiency and Treatment
    ^Obesity and disorders of lipid metabolism: Late complications after childhood cancer treatment
    Endocrinopathy after childhood cancer
    Neurocognitive dysfunction and psychosocial issues
    Endocrine emergencies: Management of hyponatraemia in adults and children
    Management of adrenal crisis in adults and children
    Thyroid emergencies: thyroid storm and myxoedema: Neuroendocrine tumours
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia
    Advanced practice nursing in endocrinology: Role development and factors influencing role performance
    Principles and componets of Advanced Practice Nursing with focus in endocrinology
    Research: audit, service evaluation and independent nursing research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Agnes Higgins, Nina Kilkku, Gisli Kort Kristofersson, editors.
    Summary: This textbook explores issues central to the provision of recovery-orientated care based on ethical principles and human rights perspectives. Written by academics and nurse practitioners, this comprehensive text draws together theory, research and practice to map the landscape of Advanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing (APMHN) in Europe. Underpinned by a rights- and relational- based approach to care, the textbook is organized around six themes: theoretical and historical perspectives; foundations for collaborative working; therapeutic engagement in different contexts; beyond the clinical dimension of the APMHN role; advancing the evidence-based practice agenda and emerging issues and challenges. Each theme consists of a number of chapters that are designed to address different aspects of APMHN. With a focus on illuminating the collaborating aspect of their role and advancing nurses competencies, debates and guidance are provided in areas such as therapeutic alliance, assessment, care-planning, mental health promotion, family work, trauma, diversity and culture, spirituality, risk and uncertainty, and prescribing. In addition to addressing the leadership, education and advocacy role, specific chapters explore the APMHN role in linking evidence to practice, in the participatory generation of evidence and maintaining professional competence. With a focus on future challenges and opportunities the textbook concludes with discussion on issues, such as eMental Health and future challenges and possibilities facing APMHNs, including challenges in informing policy, democratizing services, working across service and disciplinary boundaries, collaboratively shaping the evidence agenda, as well sustaining their role into the future. Within the book theoretical debate is grounded in case studies and/or examples from across Europe. This textbook is especially relevant to Mental Health Nurses undertaking studies at the Advanced Practice level. It is also suited to all Mental Health Nurses studying at post-graduate level who wish to advance their practice irrespective of the country. Educators, researchers and policy-makers involved in the area of Mental Health and Advanced Nursing Practice along with people with lived experiences will find the text of relevance.

    Contents:
    Part I. Theoretical and historical perspectives
    Chapter 1. Landscape of Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing in Europe
    Chapter 2.Role and competencies of Advanced Practice Mental Health Nurses
    Chapter 3. Perspectives and Frameworks underpinning the practice of Advanced Mental Health Nursing
    Part II. Foundations for collaborative working
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic alliance
    Chapter 5.Advanced mental health nursing assesment
    Chapter 6.Integrative care planning
    Part III. Therapeutic engagement in different contexts
    Chapter 7. Collaboration with families, networks and communities
    Chapter 8.Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing and Mental Health Promotion
    Chapter 9. Trauma and Trauma Informed Care
    Chapter 10.Mental health care in the era of growing global risk and uncertainty a recovery and person-centred approach
    Chapter 11. Interface between physical and mental health
    Chapter 12.Spirituality: Resilience in the emotional desert
    Chapter 13.Diversity and culturally responsive mental health practice
    Chapter 14.Collaborative prescribing and advanced mental health nursing practice
    Part IV. Beyond the clinical dimension of the Advanced Practice Mental Health Nursing
    Chapter 15.Educational aspects in Advanced Mental Health Nursing Practice
    Chapter 16. Advocacy and the Advanced Nurse Practitioner
    Chapter 17.Advanced Practice Mental Health Nurses as leaders
    Part V. Advancing the Evidence Based Practice Agenda
    Chapter 18.Knowledge translation and linking evidence to practice
    Chapter 19.Enhancing the quality of care through participatory generation of evidence
    Chapter 20. Maintaining professional competence
    Part VI. Emerging issues and challenges
    Chapter 21. eMental Health and health informatics
    Chapter 22. Into the future: challenges and opportunities for the APMHN role.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Susan M. DeNisco, Anne M. Barker.
    Summary: "Advanced Practice Nursing: Essential Knowledge for the Profession, Third Edition is a core advanced practice text used in both Master's Level and DNP programs. The Third Edition is a unique compilation of existing chapters from a variety of high-level Jones & Bartlett Learning works creating a comprehensive and well-rounded resource for the advanced practice nursing student. Similar to the previous edition, The Third Edition is framed around the AACN's Master's Essentials as well as the Essentials for Doctoral Education featuring the most up-to-date content on each set of Essentials. Throughout the Third Edition the authors address the rapid changes in the health care environment with a special focus on health care finance, electronic health records, quality and safety as well as emerging roles for the advanced practice nurse. Patient care in the context of the advanced nursing role is also discussed."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Professional roles for the advanced practice nurse
    Healthcare delivery and health policy for advanced practice : core knowledge
    Quality, safety, and information systems for advanced practice nurses
    Theoretical foundations, research, and evidence-based practice
    The role of race, culture, ethics, and advocacy in advanced nursing practice
    Leadership and role transition for the advanced practice nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Susan M. DeNisco.
    Summary: Advanced Practice Nursing: Essential Knowledge for the Profession, Fourth Edition is a core advanced practice text used in both Master's Level and DNP programs. Similar to the previous edition, The Fourth Edition is framed around the AACN's Master's Essentials as well as the Essentials for Doctoral Education featuring the most up-to-date content on each set of Essentials. Throughout the Fourth Edition the authors address the rapid changes in the health care environment with a special focus on health care finance, electronic health records, quality and safety as well as emerging roles for the advanced practice nurse. Patient care in the context of the advanced nursing role is also discussed.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lucille A. Joel, EdD, APN, FAAN, Distinguished Professor, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, School of Nursing, New Brunswick-Newark, New Jersey.
    Contents:
    Unit 1: The evolution of advanced practice
    Advanced practice nursing: doing what has to be done
    Emerging roles of the advanced practice nurse
    Role development: a theoretical perspective
    Educational preparation of advanced practice nurses: looking to the future
    Global perspectives on advanced nursing practice
    Unit 2: The practice environment
    Advanced practice nurses and prescriptive authority
    Credentialing and clinical privileges for the advanced practice registered nurse
    The kaleidoscope of collaborative practice
    Participation of the advanced practice nurse in health plans and quality initiatives
    Public policy and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Resource management
    Mediated roles: working with and through other people
    Unit 3: Competency in advanced practice
    Evidence-based practice
    Advocacy and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Case management and advanced practice nursing
    The advanced practice nurse and research
    The advanced practice nurse: holism and complementary and integrative health approaches
    Basic skills for teaching and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Culture as a variable in practice
    Conflict resolution in advanced practice nursing
    Leadership for APNs: if not now, when?
    Information technology and the advanced practice nurse
    Writing for publication
    Unit 4: Ethical, legal, and business acumen
    Measuring advanced practice nurse performance: outcome indicators, models of evaluation, and the issue of value
    Advanced practice registered nurses: accomplishments, trends, and future development
    Starting a practice and practice management
    The advanced practice nurse as employee or independent contractor: legal and contractual considerations
    The law, the courts, and the advanced practice registered nurse
    Malpractice and the advanced practice nurse
    Ethics and the advanced practice nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Laurie Kennedy-Malone, PhD, GNP-BC, FAANP, FGSA, Professor of Nursing, School of Nursing, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Greensboro, North Carolina, Lori Martin-Plank, PhD, FNP-BC, NP-C, GNP-BC, FAANP, Clinical Associate Professor, College of Nursing, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, Evelyn Groenke Duffy, Associate Professor, Director of the Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Program, Associate Director of the University Center on Aging and Health, Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Summary: Explore effective ways to enhance the wellness and independence of older adults across the wellness-illness continuum, including acute, primary, and long-term care. From an overview of the theories of aging and assessment through the treatment of disorders, including complex illnesses, this evidence-based book provides the comprehensive gerontological coverage you need to prepare for your role as an Advanced Practice Nurse. You'll be prepared for boards and for practice. -- From product description.

    Contents:
    Changes with aging
    Health promotion
    Exercise in older adults
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment
    Symptoms and syndromes
    Skin and lymphatic disorders
    Head, neck, and face disorders
    Chest disorders
    Peripheral vascular disorders
    Abdominal disorders
    Urological and gynecological disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Central and peripheral nervous system disorders
    Endocrine, metabolic, and nutritional disorders
    Hematological and immune system disorders
    Psychosocial disorders
    Polypharmacy
    Chronic illness and the advanced practice registered nurse (APRN)
    Palliative care and end-of-life care.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Susan B. Hassmiller, Joyce Pulcini.
    Summary: This book is distinctive in its focus on Advanced Practice Nursing leadership globally. It has a unique structure, first highlighting global APN leadership and then including case studies on leadership from various regions around the world. This beneficial and practical book has a specific emphasis on academic, clinical and policy leadership and is relevant for all readers. Finally, a section on leadership development focuses on coaching and mentoring, business acumen, collaboration and patient advocacy provides an important contribution. Authors are distinguished APN leaders from around the world along with junior authors who are emerging leaders being mentored by these leaders. This book will appeal to APN clinicians, students and emerging leaders who want to bring important global lessons to their work. The book will become an indispensable part of the libraries of all APN leaders at all stages in their development worldwide.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. Leadership: What makes a great leader: What is leadership?
    Section II. Global APN Nursing Leadership
    Chapter 2. Perspectives from the ICN- on INPANP Network
    Chapter 3. Nursing NOW
    Chapter 4. Future of Nursing: Campaign for Action
    Chapter 5. Sigma's contribution to global APN leadership
    Section III. Case studies in APN Leadership at the regional Level
    Chapter 6. Latin America and the Caribbean
    Chapter 7. Middle East
    Chapter 8. Africa
    Chapter 9. Asia
    Chapter 10. New Zealand
    Chapter 11. Canada
    Chapter 12. Europe/UK
    Chapter 13. US
    Section IV. Academic Leadership
    Chapter 14. Maintaining standards as the role is defined
    Chapter 15. Paving the way as Academic Leaders
    Chapter 16. Moving the APN concept forward through education and curricular leadership
    Chapter 17. Developing NP Education in Africa
    Section V. Clinical Leadership
    Chapter 18. Creating strong clinical networks
    Chapter 19. Clinical Leadership
    Chapter 20. Joy in Work/self care/resilience, clinician well being
    Section VI. Leadership Development
    Chapter 21. Building a legacy of leadership through coaching and mentorship
    Chapter 22. Collaborative Leadership by consensus building with stakeholders within and outside of nursing
    Chapter 23. Leadership using entrepreneurship, financial management and business acumen
    Chapter 24. Advocacy for nursing and for patient
    Chapter 25. NGOs and Global Leadership Development .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Margaret R. Colyar.
    Summary: "We believe the procedures outlined will improve the marketability of the nurse practitioner and serve as a good reference tool for family and/or adult nurse practitioners in an ambulatory care setting. Prerequisites for this book are basic anatomy and physiology, microbiology, pharmacology, principles of aseptic technique, and basic nursing skills. The procedures in this book were chosen based on a comprehensive study of types of procedures currently used in the nurse practitioner's practice. Many of the procedures can be used in any ambulatory setting"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Constance Dahlin, Patrick J. Coyne, Betty R. Ferrell.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive resource that addresses all aspects of palliative care, providing advanced practice content and practical reference for clinical practice across all settings.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Sudhir Diwan, Timothy R. Deer, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Advanced Spinal Interventions
    1. Advanced Spinal Mapping: An Interventional Continuum for Axial, Radicular, and Dorsal Root Ganglion-Related Pain
    2. MILD: Percutaneous Lumbar Decompression
    3. Superion: An Indirect Lumbar Decompression
    4. Minimally Invasive Discectomy: Transforaminal Approach
    5. Minimally Invasive Percutaneous Endoscopic Discectomy: Transdiscal Approach
    6. Minimally Invasive Facet Fusion
    7. Vertebral Augmentation: Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
    Section II: Advanced Neuromodulation
    8. Neuromodulation: Mechanisms of Action
    9. Anatomy of Neuromodulatory Targets: Central Nervous System and the Periphery
    10. Neuromodulation: Optimizing Surgical Outcomes and Risk Reduction
    11. Extracranial Peripheral Nerve and Peripheral Nerve Field Stimulation for Headache: Trialing
    12. Extracranial Peripheral Nerve Field and Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for Headache: Permanent Implant
    13. Intracranial Neuromodulation: Deep Brain Stimulation for Pain
    14. Spinal Cord Stimulation, Cervical: Trialing
    15. Spinal Cord Stimulation: Thoracic and Lumbar-Trial
    16. Spinal Cord Stimulation-Hybrid Lead Array: Epidural and Peripheral Nerve Field Stimulation Trialv
    17. Hybrid Neuromodulation
    18. Permanent Percutaneous Spinal Cord Stimulator Implantation: Cervical/Lumbar
    19. Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    20. Spinal Cord Stimulation: Pelvic Pain
    21. Truncal Stimulation Trial and Implant
    22. Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for the Painful Extremity
    23. Advanced Neuromodulation Techniques: Dorsal Root Ganglion Stimulation
    24. High-Frequency Stimulation
    25. Burst Stimulation: An Innovative Waveform Strategy for Spinal Cord Stimulation
    26. Novel Waveforms
    27. Transcutaneous Vagus Nerve Stimulation: Novel Treatment Strategies
    28. Sacral Stimulation for Pelvic Pain
    29. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Pharmacokinetics and Dynamics
    30. Patient Selection for Drug Delivery System Implantation
    31. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Medication Selection
    32. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Trialing
    33. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Implantation
    34. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Maintenance: Refill and Programming
    35. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Maintenance: Catheter Evaluation
    36. Intrathecal Drug Delivery: Innovation
    Section III: Advanced Regenerative Medicine
    37. History of Regenerative Medicine
    38. Platelet-Rich Plasma
    39. Alpha-2-Macroglobulin: Protease Inhibitor Treatment (PRP Variant)
    40. Bone Marrow Derived Stem Cells and their Application in Pain Medicine
    41. Adipose-Derived Stromal Stem Cells
    42. Intradiscal Biologic Treatments: Allogeneic Stem Cells
    43. Intradiscal Biologic Treatments: Intra-annular Fibrin Disc Sealant
    44. Amniotic Tissue
    45. Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP): Procedural Techniques for Musculoskeletal Injuries
    46. Technical Aspects of Regenerative Injection Therapy
    47. Platelet-Rich Plasma Therapy: An Overview.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Ram Prasad and Thirugnanasambandham Karchiyappan.
    Summary: The establishment of clean, safe water is one of the major challenges facing societies around the globe. The continued urbanization of human populations, the increasing manipulation of natural resources, and the resulting pollution are driving remarkable burden on water resources. Increasing demands for food, energy, and natural resources are expected to continue to accelerate in the near future in response to the demands of these changing human populations. In addition, the complexity of human activities is leading to a diversity of new chemical contaminants in the environment that represent a major concern for water managers. This will create increased pressure on both water quantity and quality, making it increasingly difficult to provide a sustainable supply of water for human welfare and activities. Although protection of water resources is the best long-term solution, we will also need innovative novel approaches and technologies to water treatment to ensure an adequate superior quality resource to meet these needs. Solving tomorrow's water issues will require unique approaches that incorporate emerging new technologies. Great advances have been made in the area of nanotechnology. Due to their unique physical and chemical properties, nanomaterials are extensively used in antibacterial medical products, membrane filters, electronics, catalysts, and biosensors. Nanoparticles can have distinctly different properties from their bulk counterparts, creating the opportunity for new materials with a diversity of applications. Recent developments related to water treatment include the potential use of carbon nanotubes, nanocompositae, nanospheres, nanofibers, and nanowires for the removal of a diversity of chemical pollutants. By exploiting the assets and structure of these new materials, such as increased surface area, high reactivity, and photocatalytic action, it will be possible to create technologies that can be very efficient at removing and degrading environmental pollutants. Understanding and using these unique properties should lead to innovative, cost-effective applications for addressing the complexities of emerging needs for water treatment and protection. Although still in the early stages, research into the application of nanotechnology shows great promise for solving some of these major global water issues. This comprehensive text describes the latest research and application methods in this rapidly advancing field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Economic Assessment of Nanomaterials in Bio-Electrical Water Treatment; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Economic Assessment of BES Materials; 1.3 Nanomaterials Used BES; 1.3.1 Carbon-Based Nanomaterials; 1.3.2 Metal and Metal Composite Materials; 1.3.3 Minerals; 1.3.4 Anodes; 1.3.5 Cathodes; 1.4 Membranes and Electrolyte; 1.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Bioconjugated Quantum Dots in Rapid Detection of Water Microbial Load: An Emerging Technology; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Most Common Waterborne Pathogens 2.3 Presently Employed Methods for the Detection of Waterborne Pathogens2.3.1 The HPC Test (Standard Plate Count); 2.3.2 Immunological Methods; 2.3.3 Genetic Methods; 2.3.4 DNA Sequencing; 2.3.5 Mass Spectrometry; 2.4 Quantum Dots; 2.5 Quantum Confinement Effect; 2.6 Photoluminescence; 2.7 Biomarkers of Pathogens; 2.8 Bioconjugation; 2.9 Direct Absorption; 2.10 Covalent Coupling; 2.11 Quantum Dots as a Biosensor for Pathogen Detection; 2.12 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Water Pollution Remediation Techniques with Special Focus on Adsorption; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Adsorption and Adsorbents3.2.1 Theory and Process of Adsorption; 3.2.2 Evaluation and Predictions Using Adsorption Isotherms; 3.2.3 Adsorbents; 3.2.4 Activated Carbon; 3.2.5 Metal Oxides and Hydroxides; 3.2.6 Activated and Impregnated Alumina; 3.2.7 Iron Oxides and Oxy-Hydroxides; 3.2.8 Natural and Synthetic Clay, Ores and Minerals; 3.2.9 Non-conventional Low-Cost Adsorbents; 3.2.10 Agricultural Waste and Byproducts; 3.2.11 Biopolymeric Adsorbents; 3.2.12 Industrial Byproducts and Wastes; 3.2.13 Nano-adsorbents; 3.3 Modes of Operation of Adsorption Process; 3.3.1 Batch Adsorption Process 3.3.2 Continuous Flow Adsorption Process3.4 Adsorption-Based Techniques Available for Drinking Water Purification; 3.5 Summary and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Effect of Nano-TiO2 Particles on Mechanical Properties of Hydrothermal Aged Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer Composit ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Nano-TiO2; 4.3 Materials and Methods; 4.4 Void Content; 4.5 Water Diffusion Kinetics; 4.6 Flexural Strength; 4.7 Weibull Model Validation; 4.8 Interlaminar Shear Strength (ILSS); 4.9 Post-failure Analysis; 4.10 Glass Transition Temperature; 4.11 Conclusions; References
    Chapter 5: Nanotechnology: An Innovative Way for Wastewater Treatment and Purification5.1 Introduction: Water and Water Technology; 5.2 Major Sources of Water Pollution; 5.2.1 Domestic Sewage; 5.2.2 Industrial Water Pollution; 5.2.3 Population Growth; 5.2.4 Pesticides and Fertilizers; 5.2.5 Plastics and Polythene Bags; 5.2.6 Urbanization; 5.2.7 Ground Pollution; 5.2.8 Agricultural Water Pollution; 5.3 Wastewater Treatments; 5.3.1 Primary Treatment of Wastewater; 5.3.2 Secondary Treatment; 5.3.3 Tertiary Treatment; 5.4 Wastewater Remediation; 5.4.1 Thermal Methods
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne ; advisor, Curtis Tribble.
    Summary: "Advanced Surgical Recall provides a portable review of surgical information for students and residents who have progressed past the introductory Surgical Recall. Written in the same high-yield question-and-answer format, Advanced Surgical Recall presents the complex surgical questions and clinical scenarios that residents face every day."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Review of surgical acronyms and memory aids
    Surgical syndromes
    Surgical most commons
    Surgical percentages
    Surgical history
    Surgical instruments
    Sutures and stitching
    Surgical knot tying
    Incisions
    Surgical positions
    Surgical speak
    Preoperative 201
    Advanced procedures
    Surgical operations you should know
    Cell biology and cytokines
    Wounds
    Drains and tubes
    Surgical anatomy
    Surgical respiratory care
    Renal facts
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Surgery by the numbers and surgical formulae
    Blood and blood products
    Surgical hemostasis
    Surgical medications
    Complications
    Common on-call pages
    Surgical nutrition
    Shock
    Surgical infection
    Fever
    Surgical prophylaxis
    Surgical radiology
    Anesthesia
    Surgical ulcers
    Surgical oncology
    GI hormones and physiology
    Acute abdomen and referred pain
    Hernias
    Laparoscopy
    Trauma
    Burns
    Upper GI bleeding
    The Stomach
    Bariatric surgery
    Ostomies
    Small intestine
    The Appendix
    Carcinoid tumors
    Fistulas
    Colon and rectum
    The Anus
    Lower GI bleeding
    Inflammatory bowel disease: Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
    Liver
    Portal hypertension
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    The Breast
    Endocrine
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid
    Spleen
    Surgically correctable hypertension
    Soft tissue sarcomas and lymphomas
    Skin lesions
    Melanoma
    Surgical intensive care
    Vascular surgery
    Pediatric surgery
    Plastic surgery
    Hand surgery
    Otolaryngology head and neck surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiovascular surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Ophthalmology
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Rapid fire review for the American board of surgery in-training examination (ABSITE).
  • Digital
    Amy L. Halverson, David C. Borgstrom, editors.
    Summary: This unique reference fulfills the unmet need of a textbook that addresses the scope of practice for surgeons practicing in rural regions. The text provides up-to-date content covering a wide breadth of topics relevant to surgical care in rural areas, with focus on the surgical diseases that are often treated by surgical subspecialists in the urban setting. Written by experts in each subspecialty, the text focuses on procedural aspects of surgical patient care. The first section discusses practice issues unique to rural surgery and provides an overview of applying principles of quality improvement to surgical practice. Subsequent chapters cover specific surgical procedures. Each chapter includes a brief discussion of indications and contraindications for surgery. The surgical technique is described with attention to important anatomic details. Key portions of the procedure are highlighted including potential complications and how to avoid them. Procedure specific perioperative care is also discussed. Supported with ample illustrations and images, Advanced Surgical Techniques for Rural Surgeons is a valuable resource for surgeons currently in practice or preparing to practice in a rural area, as well as surgical technicians, surgical nurse practitioners, and physician's assistants.

    Contents:
    Endoscopic Control of Upper GI Bleeding
    Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Techniques for Enteral Access
    Endomucosal Resection of Colon Polyps and Control of Postpolypectomy Bleeding
    Laparoscopic Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Partial Cholecystectomy
    Percutaneous Cholecystostomy
    Laparoscopic Repair of Abdominal Wall Hernias
    Closure Repair of Complex Ventral Hernias
    Open with Separation of Parts
    Surgical Management of Skin Neoplasias of the Face
    Defect Closure after Lesion Excision of the Face
    Surgical Management of Melanoma of the Trunk and Extremities
    Post-Excisional Wound Closure Chapter for Rural Surgeons
    Breast Ultrasound in Rural Surgical Practice
    Oncoplastic Lumpectomy
    Skin-Sparing Mastectomy
    Epistaxis
    Thyroid Surgery
    Parathyroidectomy
    Central Venous Access for Rural Surgeons
    Pacemakers
    The Vein Stripping Ablation and Phlebectomy
    Decompressive Craniotomy in Trauma
    Tracheostomy and Cricothyroidotomy
    Repair of Soft Tissue Facial Injuries
    Repair of Fingertip Amputations
    Damage Control Laparotomy
    Cesarean Section in a Rural Setting
    Surgical Management of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Ovarian Torsion
    Percutaneous Suprapubic Catheter Placement
    Pre-operative ureteral catheter placement to prevent ureteral injuries
    Surgical Management of Testicular Torsion
    Vasectomy
    Perioperative Management in Infants and Children
    Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis (HPS) in Infancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Yi-Wei Tang and Charles W. Stratton.
    Summary: This newly updated edition of the well informed guide covers the more advanced and less cumbersome methods of analysis that embattled hospital microbiology labs must adopt to replace the slow and cumbersome culture-based assays of pathogenic microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Automated Blood Cultures / X.Y. Han
    Laboratory Automation in Clinical Bacteriology / A. Croxatto
    Biochemical Profile-Based Microbial Identification Systems / S. Hafeez and J. Aslanzadeh
    Advanced Phenotypic Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing Methods / C.W. Stratton
    Rapid Microbial Antigen Tests / S. Campbell and M.L. Landry
    Antibody Detection: Principles and Applications / Y.F. (Wayne) Wang
    Procalcitonin and Other Host-Response-Based Biomarkers for Evaluation of Infection and Guidance of Antimicrobial Treatment / P. Schuetz, R. Sager, Y. Wirz and B. Mueller
    Functional Assessment of Microbial, Viral, and Parasitic Infections Using Real-Time Cellular Analysis / D. Jin, X. Xu, M. Zheng, A. Mira, B.J. Lamarche and A.B. Ryder
    Cellular Fatty Acid-Based Microbial Identification and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing / N. Parrish and S. Riedel
    MALDI-TOF Mass Spectrometry-Based Microbial Identification and Beyond / A. Mellmann and J. Müthing
    Transcriptomic Techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology / Z.E. Holcomb and E.L. Tsalik
    The Use of Microbial Metabolites for the Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases / M.J. Thalavitiya Acharige, S.S. Koshy and S. Koo
    Nucleic Acid Extraction and Enrichment / J.H. Shin
    Nonamplified Probe-Based Microbial Detection and Identification / F. Wu, T. Hong and P. Della-Latta
    Molecular Typing Techniques: State of the Art / R.V. Goering
    PCR and Its Variations / E.A. Powell and M. Loeffelholz
    Non-PCR Amplification Techniques / R.C. She, T.E. Schutzbank and E.M. Marlowe
    Real-Time and Digital PCR for Nucleic Acid Quantification / A.J. McAdam
    Direct Nucleotide Sequencing for Amplification Product Identification / T. Hong
    Solid and Suspension Microarrays for Detection and Identification of Infectious Diseases / S. Dunbar, J. Farhang, S. Das, S. Ali and H. Qian
    Real-Time Detection of Amplification Products Through Fluorescence Quenching or Energy Transfer / C. Otto and S. Huang
    PCR/Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry as an Infectious Disease Diagnostic Tool / V. Özenci and K. Strålin
    Nucleic Acid Amplicons Detected and Identified by T2 Magnetic Resonance / J.L. Snyder, H.S. Lapp, Z.-X. Luo, B. Manning and T.J. Lowery
    Molecular Contamination and Amplification Product Inactivation / S. Sefers and J.E. Schmitz.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yi-Wei Tang, Charles W. Stratton, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, advanced molecular techniques in diagnostic microbiology have been revolutionizing the practice of clinical microbiology in the hospital setting. Molecular diagnostic testing in general and nucleic acid-based amplification methods in particular have been heralded as diagnostic tools for the new millennium. This third edition covers not only the most recent updates and advances, but details newly invented omic techniques, such as next generation sequencing. It is divided into two distinct volumes, with Volume 1 describing the techniques, and Volume 2 addressing their applications in the field. In addition, both volumes focus more so on the clinical relevance of the test results generated by these techniques than previous editions.

    Contents:
    Bacterial identification based on universal gene amplification and sequencing
    Molecular techniques for blood and blood product screening
    Molecular diagnostics of sexual transmitted disease
    Advances in the diagnosis of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Advanced typing techniques in molecular epidemiology investigations
    Molecular detection and characterization of carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae
    Rapid Screening and Identification of MRSA
    Advanced methods for detection of food-borne pathogens
    Technical and clinical niches for point of care molecular devices
    Molecular diagnosis of emerging coronavirus infections
    Technical advances in veterinary diagnostic microbiology
    Recent advances in veterinary diagnostic virology
    Deep sequencing: technical advances and clinical microbiology applications
    Splicing RNA and application in clinical microbiology
    Application of microarrays for laboratory diagnosis of fungal infections
    Laboratory technical advances in diagnosis of Clostridium difficile infections
    Clostridium difficile infections in one health
    Technical advances in molecular diagnostics of HIV-1 infections
    Multiplex techniques for detection and identification of microbial pathogens
    Molecular diagnosis and monitoring of human papillomavirus infections
    Molecular niches for laboratory diagnosis of sepsis
    Advanced pathology techniques for emerging infectious disease pathogens
    Diagnosis and assessment of microbial infections with host miRNA profiles
    Microbiome in diagnosis and monitoring of microbial infections
    Whole genome sequencing for microbial pathogen detection and identificaiton
    Host immune repertoire and microbial infections
    Advanced techniques for antiviral drug resistance determination
    Test algorithms using advanced techniques
    Clinical interpretation and relevance of advanced technique results.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mehmet Kocaoğlu, Hiroyuki Tsuchiya, Levent Eralp, editors.
    Summary: As a result of recent advances in surgical techniques and implant technology it is now possible to perform limb reconstruction in patients with a range of congenital, posttraumatic, and postinfection pathologies. This book is a clear, practical guide to the state-of-the-art surgical procedures employed in limb reconstruction for diverse conditions. It includes precise descriptions of the techniques themselves, accompanied by numerous helpful drawings and photographs. Pearls and pitfalls are highlighted, and thorough advice is also provided on indications, preoperative planning, and postoperative follo